<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="ru">
	<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=PlagueEater</id>
	<title>MPlusWiki - Вклад участника [ru]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=PlagueEater"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php/%D0%A1%D0%BB%D1%83%D0%B6%D0%B5%D0%B1%D0%BD%D0%B0%D1%8F:%D0%92%D0%BA%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B4/PlagueEater"/>
	<updated>2026-06-10T07:52:28Z</updated>
	<subtitle>Вклад участника</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.34.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%B0_%D1%81_MicroStock%2B_Sync/en&amp;diff=3123</id>
		<title>Работа с MicroStock+ Sync/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%B0_%D1%81_MicroStock%2B_Sync/en&amp;diff=3123"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:24:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Microstock+ Sync is a software for one-way synchronization from the M+ cloud storage to your PC. The program allows you to finely select the folders you would like to keep synchronized and preserves the M+ directory structure. As long as the synchronization is active, any changes in files and metadata in the selected folders are instantly reflected on your hard drive.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The sortware is completely free to use and runs on Windows, Mac OS X and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Downloading and installing M+ Sync==&lt;br /&gt;
Simply click on the M+ Syncer section in the M+ interface to get to the app home page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=500px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sync start 2_eng.png|center|frame|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;Download&amp;quot; button and choose your OS to download the installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows users===&lt;br /&gt;
Download the installation package, run it with a double click and follow the instructions. Permit the installation if the system asks you to. Once the installation is completed, you can launch the program using its shortcut on the desktop or from the Start menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS X users===&lt;br /&gt;
Download the installation package and open it with a double click. It will mount the installer image automatically and you will see the &amp;quot;Microstock+ Sync Installer&amp;quot; icon on your desktop. Open it with a double-click and move the app in the window that will appear as the arrow there suggests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=300px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sync mac start.png|center|frame|Installer file with a logo&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sync mac start2.png|center|frame|Drag and drop the app&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apple doesn't allow running third-party apps if they don't have the Trusted eSign even if they're 100% safe. To bypass the protection system please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Launch the program. You'll receive a message that the program has been blocked by the security system&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the settings and find &amp;quot;Security and Privacy&amp;quot; section&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Open anyway&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* Commit the changes in the dialogue box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=450px heights=400px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Launch_mac1.jpg|center|frame|Settings&lt;br /&gt;
File:Launch_mac2.jpg|center|frame|The dialog box&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative way:&lt;br /&gt;
* In the top right corner of your desktop click the icon with a magnifying glass&lt;br /&gt;
* Type &amp;quot;Terminal&amp;quot; and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Terminal app&lt;br /&gt;
* Input &amp;lt;code&amp;gt; sudo spctl --master-disable &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Press Enter and then close the window&lt;br /&gt;
This should allow you to start the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=300px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Apple search.png|center|frame|Search&lt;br /&gt;
File:Apple terminal eng.jpg|center|frame|Terminal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Linux users===&lt;br /&gt;
Download the app archive and extract it into a folder of your choice. Find the MPSyncer.UI file inside and double-click it to launch the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to work with Microstock+ Sync?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Logging in===&lt;br /&gt;
Launch the program and fill the form with your M+ email and password or sign in using an external service. If you don't have a M+ account yet - please register there first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launching and configuring the M+Sync===&lt;br /&gt;
First time you run M+ Sync, you will have to choose or create a folder that will serve as the root for the synchronization. You can change it later, but that will restart the synchronization process from scratch (unless you move your files there first).&lt;br /&gt;
Once the folder is chosen or created, you will be able to configure the program using the top menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use &amp;quot;Account&amp;quot; to log out or visit the M+ store (Pricing);&lt;br /&gt;
* Use &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; to enable/disable the app autostart, change the interface language or modify the synchronization interval (in minutes);&lt;br /&gt;
* Use &amp;quot;Help&amp;quot; to open a support chat or to read this article (M+ FAQ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with folders===&lt;br /&gt;
To synchronize a specific M+ folder to a folder on your PC you can create a connection between them. In the left column (File tree) choose a folder you want to synchronize, click on the green button with a computer and a chain icon and specify any folder on your PC (or create a new one). When you synchronize a folder, all of its subfolders will be automatically synchronized so you don't have to create a connection for every subfolder manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Sync create connection.png|left|300px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid confusion and errors M+ Sync doesn't allow synchronizing two or more M+ folders into the same folder on your PC. If you try to do so, you will receive a message explaining that. In that case you will have to create/choose another folder.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To remap a connected folder to another folder on your PC, simply click on the currently connected folder and specify another one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Sync change fold.png|left|300px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To break a connection between folders, click the icon with a chain once so it turns into a red cross. All files that were already synchronized will remain on your PC.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Sync deconnect.png|left|300px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you decide to re-connect folders after breaking the connection between them, M+ Sync will scan the files and update the local copy to ensure they match with the M+ version. After that it will continue the synchronization.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To start the synchronization press the toggle to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Sync process start.png|left|300px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A progress bar for this folder will appear to the right. There will be also a summary progress bar at the bottom of the app window that will display the total progress and ETA for all folders currently being synchronized. &lt;br /&gt;
Files will be downloaded to the folder you have connected. If you're synchronizing a subfolder, a gray progress bar will appear for all folders containing it so that you won't miss what subfolders are being synchronized.&lt;br /&gt;
The app will keep periodically checking the M+ copy of the files for any new changes and will synchronize your local files to be up to date at all times. Interval of this check can be specified in settings as described above.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two right-most columns contain basic information about the folders and their content: their total size and how many files and subfolders are inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Closing the app===&lt;br /&gt;
On Windows clicking the close button in the top right corner will minimize the program into the taskbar. To close it completely, right click on the M+ Sync icon there and choose the quit command. Please note that Windows may hide infrequently used icons if you didn't disable it so you may have to click the button to reveal the hidden icons first. Alternatively, use Alt + F4 hotkey while the program window is active.&lt;br /&gt;
On Mac OS X use Cmd + Q shortcut or close it in the Dock panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Removing the program==&lt;br /&gt;
Use the standard uninstall methods to remove the program (Windows and Mac OS X) or just remove the program folder (Linux).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%B0_%D1%81_MicroStock%2B_Sync/6/en&amp;diff=3122</id>
		<title>Translations:Работа с MicroStock+ Sync/6/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%B0_%D1%81_MicroStock%2B_Sync/6/en&amp;diff=3122"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:24:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The alternative way:&lt;br /&gt;
* In the top right corner of your desktop click the icon with a magnifying glass&lt;br /&gt;
* Type &amp;quot;Terminal&amp;quot; and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Terminal app&lt;br /&gt;
* Input &amp;lt;code&amp;gt; sudo spctl --master-disable &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Press Enter and then close the window&lt;br /&gt;
This should allow you to start the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=300px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Apple search.png|center|frame|Search&lt;br /&gt;
File:Apple terminal eng.jpg|center|frame|Terminal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Apple_terminal_eng.jpg&amp;diff=3121</id>
		<title>Файл:Apple terminal eng.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Apple_terminal_eng.jpg&amp;diff=3121"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:24:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3120</id>
		<title>Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3120"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:19:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is being continuously updated. It's dedicated to solutions for the most common problems with a file submitting process and agencies management. Use navigation and Ctrl/Cmd+f to find the exact case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Please apply as contributor first error==&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your stock platform account has not yet been converted to seller mode and remains a buyer account. For most stock platforms, it is sufficient to complete the required forms and pass an examination. If you are unsure which condition has not yet been met, try uploading a single file manually (or via FTP if the platform allows it). In doing so, you should receive feedback from the stock platform. If you have passed all verifications and examinations on the stock platform, if your account is already a seller account, and if manual file upload works correctly, but the error persists in M+, try deactivating the stock platform in the Stock Management section and re‑entering your credentials. On Dreamstime, it is necessary to manually submit one file and wait for its approval before your account is switched to seller mode and can be connected to M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No tax form submitted yet error==&lt;br /&gt;
This error means that the agency asks you to fill out a tax form.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that tax form verification takes a while (up to few weeks, depending on the agency). As soon as your tax form is verified please deactivate the agency in the M+ interface and fill out the login credentials again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Verifying&amp;quot; status persists for an extended period===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue most frequently occurs when a stock platform has requested a verification code, M+ has forwarded this request to the user, but the user has failed to enter the code within the required time window (typically 20 to 60 minutes). In such cases, M+ initiates a waiting period of 9 to 10 hours before making another attempt, in order to avoid arousing suspicion from the stock agency. This cycle will repeat until the user provides the required code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve the issue, deactivate the stock platform for at least 10 hours. After this period, reactivate it at a convenient time, wait for the code request, and complete the verification process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, verification may take up to 2 to 3 days due to strict anti‑bot protection implemented by the microstock agency or as a result of unsuccessful captcha resolution attempts. If the agency still does not connect after this period, and you are certain that the stock platform has not requested a code (or that the code has already been successfully provided), please, contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Couldn't sign you in. This browser or app may not be secure error ===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs in StockSubmitter and M+ when a captcha is requested by the microstock agency. To resolve the issue, log in using the username and password for your microstock account rather than signing in via Google or other social networks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have always used social media login and do not remember your password, request a password reset through the password recovery form on the microstock agency's website. When doing so, enter the email address associated with your Google account (or the social network you use for login). Follow the instructions provided in the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After resetting your password, update your credentials in StockSubmitter or M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when connecting stock platforms or uploading files to a stock platform, appearing under the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Ошибка загрузки»|Upload Error]] status. The most common cause of this error is an incorrectly entered username or password. Therefore, users should first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Check letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to log in manually to the microstock agency using the same username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are certain that your username and password are correct (i.e., you have successfully logged into your account on the stock platform manually), try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Change your password on the stock platform, using only Latin letters and numbers. If the stock platform requires the use of special characters, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not make your password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* After changing the password, set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload the file again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload====&lt;br /&gt;
The FTP password may expire. To obtain a new password, visit the microstock agency's website and generate a new FTP token, checking '''ONLY''' the top two checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter this token in M+ within the &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; section, in the &amp;quot;FTP Password&amp;quot; field corresponding to the stock platform that is producing the error. After updating the password, set the affected files to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status]] and upload them again.&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance, refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+#Работа с FTP|FTP specifications]] for different stock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact the microstock agency's support but do not mention StockSubmitter or M+ in your communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong FTP login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
If the FTP password has been entered incorrectly, first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the password length; try not to make the password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
*For special characters, if the password requires them, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to connect to the Microstock agency using the same username and password through a third‑party FTP client (for example, FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, check the section on [[#A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload|sudden FTP errors]]. Then set your file to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and repeat the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Special characters in description/special characters in title error===&lt;br /&gt;
This error indicates that the description or title contains unsupported special characters. To resolve the issue, check whether any individual letters have been written in any non-Latin script (for example, the Cyrillic letters а, е, с, о, в). Additionally, remove any apostrophes; for instance, write &amp;quot;womans hair&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;woman's hair.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?===&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive eng.png|left|500px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My photographs are being misclassified as illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
If your works are being identified as illustrations despite being photographs, check the option in your dashboard &amp;quot;Consider all raster images to be illustrations.&amp;quot; This option must be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AdobeStock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to resolve the issue with the AdobeStock code===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Adobestock pic eng.png|thumb|Code entry request]]&lt;br /&gt;
The microstock agency AdobeStock has complicated its user authorization procedure. Whenever, in the opinion of its security system, you are located in an unusual location, the agency sends an SMS with an access code to the phone number linked to the account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The StockSubmitter and M+ servers are located in Europe; under normal circumstances, the code entry procedure should be one‑time or at least infrequent. Recently, however, due to AdobeStock's paranoid attitude, some users get stuck in endless code loops, while others wait forever for a code that arrives already expired.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are reading this article, you have likely already attempted some of the possible solutions. Nevertheless, we will outline all known methods for resolving the issue. The code must be entered quickly, within a few minutes; otherwise, it may become invalid, and you will need to wait for a new one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the code window doesn't show up. If you got the code but see no window, just refresh your browser tab (with M+ open). The window should appear.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If the code does NOT arrive===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another)''':&lt;br /&gt;
# Check your email inbox, including the spam folder – the code sometimes arrives there.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the last four digits of the phone number linked to your agency account, then attempt again to wait for and enter the code from the SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your profile on the microstock agency's page and activate the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe acess.png|x90px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If endless code requests arrive and the agency cannot connect===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another):'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Do not manually log into the microstock agency website if M+ is already connected to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the entered password is correct, or change the password on the AdobeStock website.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change your AdobeStock password, using only Latin letters in the new password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact support services or our support chat on [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta Telegram].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bigstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Login failed due to administrative reason===&lt;br /&gt;
Bigstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Bigstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Bigstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you have ALREADY used the link from the email and reset your password, deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot;, then change your password to a new one;&lt;br /&gt;
# You will again receive the error &amp;quot;Login failed due to administrative reason&amp;quot;, and the microstock agency will send a new password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link;&lt;br /&gt;
# Deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; again and wait about 15 minutes for the cache to clear;&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the email and password fields (you may keep your existing password) in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the password reset link sent to you by Bigstock and paste it into the corresponding field in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
#Activate the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive this message again, repeat the steps above after one hour. Proper authorization may take up to 30 minutes, so don't worry if the microstock agency status remains &amp;quot;verifying data&amp;quot; for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Istock==&lt;br /&gt;
===The stock won't connect, even though all my credentials are correct!===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create a batch on the microstock agency's site, and then in M+ with an identical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to save keyword terms using StockSubmitter?===&lt;br /&gt;
'''This action works ONLY for StockSubmitter!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to edit a file already processed in StockSubmitter (for example, adjust contrast using Lightroom), follow these steps before opening it in an editor:&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable autosave in StockSubmitter. The autosave setting can be found in the top menu: Settings &amp;gt; Settings &amp;gt; Features;&lt;br /&gt;
# Make any small change to the metadata using StockSubmitter, but do not save it!&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the file using a graphic editor and save your changes;&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to StockSubmitter and save the metadata;&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to turn autosave back on if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shutterstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shutterstock is sending me a link to reset my password===&lt;br /&gt;
Shutterstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Shutterstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Shutterstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
# When Shutterstock considers your activity suspicious, it will send a password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link!&lt;br /&gt;
# An input window for the link will appear in the M+ interface;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the link from the email in your inbox and paste it into the window (Shutterstock will send two emails — you need the most recent one, where the link is long and ends with a combination of numbers and letters);&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the confirmation button.&lt;br /&gt;
# M+ will perform the password reset by adding an underscore character to the end of your current password, then log into the account and change the password back to the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the process is complete, you will have the same password as before, and M+ will be authorized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We would also like to ask you to complain about the situation on the [https://forums.submit.shutterstock.com/topic/100082-password-reset-required-multiple-times-today/ Shutterstock forum]. But better not mention StockSubmitter/M+ as it would give them an easy excuse: “just upload manually”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===It doesn’t work===&lt;br /&gt;
====Shutterstock has sent me a link but M+ doesn’t ask for it. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, the request has timed out and M+ has considered the attempt unsuccessful. It will wait for a several hours and then try again. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ site for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I don’t receive any links by e-mail.====&lt;br /&gt;
Please check the Spam folder in your e-mail inbox. If there’s no link either - please contact the Shutterstock support and tell them that the website requires you to reset your password then you log in but the link doesn’t arrive. It would be better to not mention M+/StockSubmitter so that they cannot just tell you to log in manually instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’m using both Microstock+ and StockSubmitter. What should I do in this case?====&lt;br /&gt;
If you’ve enabled the “Solve captcha on server” option (settings, Features tab) it will use M+ to authenticate so you can follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s disabled - we would recommend to close StockSubmitter and don’t open it until you complete the process in M+. Alternatively, you can enable the option and follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’ve pasted the link into M+ and it’s stuck on “verifying” status now. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
If it won’t get completed within 30 minutes - M+ will try again in a several hours. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ website for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===your account at this agency is temporarily or permanently locked===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when attempting to upload files to the microstock agency site, even though the account is actually accessible and not blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this, deactivate the stock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; and log out of your account on the microstock agency site. After two days, connect it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
==Subscription problem on VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
You have run out of available submissions at the moment of uploading to Vectorstock. On this microstock agency, a submission is performed directly during upload, so uploading is also impossible without available submissions. To resolve the issue, top up your balance and upload again (set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload once more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
==M+ don't upload my photos on Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, we only support uploading video files to this microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===123rf===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the security system may request login confirmation. In such cases, you will receive an email at your registered email address containing a verification link and a notification that the login was attempted from a new or unfamiliar device/location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided&lt;br /&gt;
* Return to M+ interface and wait for the form to appear. The form will request you to complete the action described above&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; button in that form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I haven't found the solution for my problem==&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not create separate articles on this wiki or in our FAQ. It is not recommended to describe problems in discussions or add them to this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try reading other articles (for example, if you have an issue with statuses, read the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | article about statuses in M+]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still cannot find a solution there, the most reasonable course of action is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using M+, use the tech support chat (bottom right corner of the site)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using StockSubmitter, use the tech support chat (top left corner of the program)&lt;br /&gt;
* Join our Telegram chat and describe your situation. We have separate channels for [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta MicroStock+] and [https://t.me/StockSubmitter StockSubmitter]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/27/en&amp;diff=3119</id>
		<title>Translations:Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/27/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/27/en&amp;diff=3119"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:19:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?===&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive eng.png|left|500px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3118</id>
		<title>Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3118"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:17:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is being continuously updated. It's dedicated to solutions for the most common problems with a file submitting process and agencies management. Use navigation and Ctrl/Cmd+f to find the exact case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Please apply as contributor first error==&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your stock platform account has not yet been converted to seller mode and remains a buyer account. For most stock platforms, it is sufficient to complete the required forms and pass an examination. If you are unsure which condition has not yet been met, try uploading a single file manually (or via FTP if the platform allows it). In doing so, you should receive feedback from the stock platform. If you have passed all verifications and examinations on the stock platform, if your account is already a seller account, and if manual file upload works correctly, but the error persists in M+, try deactivating the stock platform in the Stock Management section and re‑entering your credentials. On Dreamstime, it is necessary to manually submit one file and wait for its approval before your account is switched to seller mode and can be connected to M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No tax form submitted yet error==&lt;br /&gt;
This error means that the agency asks you to fill out a tax form.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that tax form verification takes a while (up to few weeks, depending on the agency). As soon as your tax form is verified please deactivate the agency in the M+ interface and fill out the login credentials again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Verifying&amp;quot; status persists for an extended period===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue most frequently occurs when a stock platform has requested a verification code, M+ has forwarded this request to the user, but the user has failed to enter the code within the required time window (typically 20 to 60 minutes). In such cases, M+ initiates a waiting period of 9 to 10 hours before making another attempt, in order to avoid arousing suspicion from the stock agency. This cycle will repeat until the user provides the required code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve the issue, deactivate the stock platform for at least 10 hours. After this period, reactivate it at a convenient time, wait for the code request, and complete the verification process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, verification may take up to 2 to 3 days due to strict anti‑bot protection implemented by the microstock agency or as a result of unsuccessful captcha resolution attempts. If the agency still does not connect after this period, and you are certain that the stock platform has not requested a code (or that the code has already been successfully provided), please, contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Couldn't sign you in. This browser or app may not be secure error ===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs in StockSubmitter and M+ when a captcha is requested by the microstock agency. To resolve the issue, log in using the username and password for your microstock account rather than signing in via Google or other social networks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have always used social media login and do not remember your password, request a password reset through the password recovery form on the microstock agency's website. When doing so, enter the email address associated with your Google account (or the social network you use for login). Follow the instructions provided in the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After resetting your password, update your credentials in StockSubmitter or M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when connecting stock platforms or uploading files to a stock platform, appearing under the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Ошибка загрузки»|Upload Error]] status. The most common cause of this error is an incorrectly entered username or password. Therefore, users should first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Check letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to log in manually to the microstock agency using the same username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are certain that your username and password are correct (i.e., you have successfully logged into your account on the stock platform manually), try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Change your password on the stock platform, using only Latin letters and numbers. If the stock platform requires the use of special characters, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not make your password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* After changing the password, set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload the file again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload====&lt;br /&gt;
The FTP password may expire. To obtain a new password, visit the microstock agency's website and generate a new FTP token, checking '''ONLY''' the top two checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter this token in M+ within the &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; section, in the &amp;quot;FTP Password&amp;quot; field corresponding to the stock platform that is producing the error. After updating the password, set the affected files to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status]] and upload them again.&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance, refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+#Работа с FTP|FTP specifications]] for different stock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact the microstock agency's support but do not mention StockSubmitter or M+ in your communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong FTP login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
If the FTP password has been entered incorrectly, first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the password length; try not to make the password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
*For special characters, if the password requires them, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to connect to the Microstock agency using the same username and password through a third‑party FTP client (for example, FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, check the section on [[#A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload|sudden FTP errors]]. Then set your file to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and repeat the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Special characters in description/special characters in title error===&lt;br /&gt;
This error indicates that the description or title contains unsupported special characters. To resolve the issue, check whether any individual letters have been written in any non-Latin script (for example, the Cyrillic letters а, е, с, о, в). Additionally, remove any apostrophes; for instance, write &amp;quot;womans hair&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;woman's hair.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?==&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive eng.png|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My photographs are being misclassified as illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
If your works are being identified as illustrations despite being photographs, check the option in your dashboard &amp;quot;Consider all raster images to be illustrations.&amp;quot; This option must be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AdobeStock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to resolve the issue with the AdobeStock code===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Adobestock pic eng.png|thumb|Code entry request]]&lt;br /&gt;
The microstock agency AdobeStock has complicated its user authorization procedure. Whenever, in the opinion of its security system, you are located in an unusual location, the agency sends an SMS with an access code to the phone number linked to the account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The StockSubmitter and M+ servers are located in Europe; under normal circumstances, the code entry procedure should be one‑time or at least infrequent. Recently, however, due to AdobeStock's paranoid attitude, some users get stuck in endless code loops, while others wait forever for a code that arrives already expired.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are reading this article, you have likely already attempted some of the possible solutions. Nevertheless, we will outline all known methods for resolving the issue. The code must be entered quickly, within a few minutes; otherwise, it may become invalid, and you will need to wait for a new one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the code window doesn't show up. If you got the code but see no window, just refresh your browser tab (with M+ open). The window should appear.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If the code does NOT arrive===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another)''':&lt;br /&gt;
# Check your email inbox, including the spam folder – the code sometimes arrives there.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the last four digits of the phone number linked to your agency account, then attempt again to wait for and enter the code from the SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your profile on the microstock agency's page and activate the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe acess.png|x90px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If endless code requests arrive and the agency cannot connect===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another):'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Do not manually log into the microstock agency website if M+ is already connected to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the entered password is correct, or change the password on the AdobeStock website.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change your AdobeStock password, using only Latin letters in the new password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact support services or our support chat on [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta Telegram].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bigstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Login failed due to administrative reason===&lt;br /&gt;
Bigstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Bigstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Bigstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you have ALREADY used the link from the email and reset your password, deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot;, then change your password to a new one;&lt;br /&gt;
# You will again receive the error &amp;quot;Login failed due to administrative reason&amp;quot;, and the microstock agency will send a new password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link;&lt;br /&gt;
# Deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; again and wait about 15 minutes for the cache to clear;&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the email and password fields (you may keep your existing password) in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the password reset link sent to you by Bigstock and paste it into the corresponding field in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
#Activate the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive this message again, repeat the steps above after one hour. Proper authorization may take up to 30 minutes, so don't worry if the microstock agency status remains &amp;quot;verifying data&amp;quot; for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Istock==&lt;br /&gt;
===The stock won't connect, even though all my credentials are correct!===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create a batch on the microstock agency's site, and then in M+ with an identical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to save keyword terms using StockSubmitter?===&lt;br /&gt;
'''This action works ONLY for StockSubmitter!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to edit a file already processed in StockSubmitter (for example, adjust contrast using Lightroom), follow these steps before opening it in an editor:&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable autosave in StockSubmitter. The autosave setting can be found in the top menu: Settings &amp;gt; Settings &amp;gt; Features;&lt;br /&gt;
# Make any small change to the metadata using StockSubmitter, but do not save it!&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the file using a graphic editor and save your changes;&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to StockSubmitter and save the metadata;&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to turn autosave back on if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shutterstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shutterstock is sending me a link to reset my password===&lt;br /&gt;
Shutterstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Shutterstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Shutterstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
# When Shutterstock considers your activity suspicious, it will send a password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link!&lt;br /&gt;
# An input window for the link will appear in the M+ interface;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the link from the email in your inbox and paste it into the window (Shutterstock will send two emails — you need the most recent one, where the link is long and ends with a combination of numbers and letters);&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the confirmation button.&lt;br /&gt;
# M+ will perform the password reset by adding an underscore character to the end of your current password, then log into the account and change the password back to the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the process is complete, you will have the same password as before, and M+ will be authorized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We would also like to ask you to complain about the situation on the [https://forums.submit.shutterstock.com/topic/100082-password-reset-required-multiple-times-today/ Shutterstock forum]. But better not mention StockSubmitter/M+ as it would give them an easy excuse: “just upload manually”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===It doesn’t work===&lt;br /&gt;
====Shutterstock has sent me a link but M+ doesn’t ask for it. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, the request has timed out and M+ has considered the attempt unsuccessful. It will wait for a several hours and then try again. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ site for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I don’t receive any links by e-mail.====&lt;br /&gt;
Please check the Spam folder in your e-mail inbox. If there’s no link either - please contact the Shutterstock support and tell them that the website requires you to reset your password then you log in but the link doesn’t arrive. It would be better to not mention M+/StockSubmitter so that they cannot just tell you to log in manually instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’m using both Microstock+ and StockSubmitter. What should I do in this case?====&lt;br /&gt;
If you’ve enabled the “Solve captcha on server” option (settings, Features tab) it will use M+ to authenticate so you can follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s disabled - we would recommend to close StockSubmitter and don’t open it until you complete the process in M+. Alternatively, you can enable the option and follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’ve pasted the link into M+ and it’s stuck on “verifying” status now. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
If it won’t get completed within 30 minutes - M+ will try again in a several hours. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ website for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===your account at this agency is temporarily or permanently locked===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when attempting to upload files to the microstock agency site, even though the account is actually accessible and not blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this, deactivate the stock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; and log out of your account on the microstock agency site. After two days, connect it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
==Subscription problem on VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
You have run out of available submissions at the moment of uploading to Vectorstock. On this microstock agency, a submission is performed directly during upload, so uploading is also impossible without available submissions. To resolve the issue, top up your balance and upload again (set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload once more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
==M+ don't upload my photos on Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, we only support uploading video files to this microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===123rf===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the security system may request login confirmation. In such cases, you will receive an email at your registered email address containing a verification link and a notification that the login was attempted from a new or unfamiliar device/location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided&lt;br /&gt;
* Return to M+ interface and wait for the form to appear. The form will request you to complete the action described above&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; button in that form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I haven't found the solution for my problem==&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not create separate articles on this wiki or in our FAQ. It is not recommended to describe problems in discussions or add them to this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try reading other articles (for example, if you have an issue with statuses, read the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | article about statuses in M+]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still cannot find a solution there, the most reasonable course of action is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using M+, use the tech support chat (bottom right corner of the site)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using StockSubmitter, use the tech support chat (top left corner of the program)&lt;br /&gt;
* Join our Telegram chat and describe your situation. We have separate channels for [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta MicroStock+] and [https://t.me/StockSubmitter StockSubmitter]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/27/en&amp;diff=3117</id>
		<title>Translations:Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/27/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/27/en&amp;diff=3117"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:17:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?==&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive eng.png|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Archive_eng.png&amp;diff=3116</id>
		<title>Файл:Archive eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Archive_eng.png&amp;diff=3116"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:16:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3115</id>
		<title>Статусы в MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3115"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:10:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every file passes several states between the moment it has been uploaded to M+ and the moment it gets approved on the microstock agencies. Each state is reflected in M+ interface and called &amp;quot;File status&amp;quot;. This manual will help you to understand the file statuses and to solve the known issues related to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where can I find the file statuses and how can I change them? ==&lt;br /&gt;
File statuses are displayed in the My Files section under every file card as a colored bar and in the Upload/Submit tab next to every agency name. See more [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами#Сабмиты | here ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colored scale below the file card allows you to visually assess the overall status of a file: which statuses currently are most common and whether any errors have occurred. By default, statuses are sorted in the order of the stock agencies, but you can always change this in your Dashboard so that statuses of the same color combine into one sector (just like in StockSubmitter). More details on managing files, including how to upload and submit them to stock agencies, can be found in this article [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | this article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to change the status of a file or multiple files?===&lt;br /&gt;
The Upload / Submit panel allows you to review the status of a file on each individual microstock agency and manually adjust the status as needed. To perform this operation, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the file (or files) in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | file gallery]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Upload / Submit tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the checkboxes to select the desired microstock agencies from the list, or click &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the three dots to the right of any microstock agency and choose the desired status. Please note that certain statuses (such as &amp;quot;Out of submissions&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;File not ready&amp;quot; ) cannot be changed manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completing these steps, all statuses that can be changed will be updated accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=250px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Start eng.jpg|center|frame|Upload / Submit tab in the interface&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Not ready==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notready eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status means that your file haven't met one or more of the Microstock agency requirements (see the &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; file status). The details can be found in the Upload/Submit tab right to the Microstock agency name (see item 2). Hover an error message with your mouse to see a proposed solution. Once a file will meet the requirements its status will automatically change to Ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status is displayed in pink color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A required file is missing==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nofile eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All vector files must be uploaded as a pair of a EPS file and a JPG preview. This applies to all microstock agencies! Otherwise the file will have the &amp;quot;A required file is missing&amp;quot; status. To solve this issue just upload a JPG preview with the same name as your EPS file (or a EPS file with the same name as your preview). A pair should get joined together automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this action must be completed within 24 hours. If this timeframe is not met, simply upload the file to M+ again, ensuring that the preview is included this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ready==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ready eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that your file is ready to be uploaded on the microstock agency and shouldn't cause any issues during submission. It is displayed in yellow color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To get the Ready status your file must meet the following conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A file must be uploaded to the M+ cloud storage. Any .EPS file must be paired with a .JPG preview&lt;br /&gt;
*A file must have a [[Special:MyLanguage/Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов#Атрибутирование файлов | title, a description, categories, keywords and other metadata]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Metadata must comply with the Microstock agency requirements (most known issues are described below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''!''' Please note that we can't check if you have attached all necessary releases to your files because there's no way to predict whether a file requires a release or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a file receives the Ready status, you can proceed with uploading it to the stock agencies. Select the file or files you want, select the necessary microstock agencies (or select &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot; ), and then click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Third eng.jpg|thumb|left]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scheduled==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Scheduled eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both StockSubmitter and M+ allow you to configure and schedule the uploads to a chosen microstock agency.  In the settings, you can specify when the upload should begin and set up batch uploads with the desired parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To schedule an upload select a file (or files) you'd like to upload, open the Upload/Submit tab, select the desired microstock agency(ies) or check the Select all checkbox, then click the icon with a watch above the file gallery. Once a pop up appears, adjust the settings and click the &amp;quot;Schedule&amp;quot; button to proceed. Once you do so, the file(s) will be scheduled for uploading at the specified time and the bar above the file thumbnail (or a part of it) will turn light-blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=400px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sched eng.png|center|frame|How to schedule a file upload&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Queued==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Queued eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file has been queued for an upload to a microstock agency. Microstock agencies are known for their paranoidal attitude and tend to be suspicious of multi-threaded upload. M+ imitates a behavior of a real person to not arouse any suspicion by creating a queue of files. Normally, it shouldn't take long, but a huge amount of heavy files or a high load on the agency server may cause delays. If the ETA haven't been shortening for a few hours please contact the [[Special:MyLanguage/Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки? | tech support]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Uploading==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploading eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file is currently being uploaded to the microstock agency(ies). It is displayed in lime color.&lt;br /&gt;
If an upload will be interrupted by an issue, M+ will make another attempt after a short time (the exact period is shown in parentheses below the status). Sometimes it takes several attempts to succeed and it depends on the microstock agency, not M+. Most common issues like Connection error/Maintenance should get resolved on the next uploading attempt and do not require your intervention. If this problem lasts for longer than 24 hours, please contact the tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload failed==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload failed eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a fatal error has occurred while trying to upload a file. For details visit the Upload/Submit tab and find the microstock agency with a pink colored square marker. You will see an exact reason for the failure there. Correct the error and repeat an upload attempt (to do so, change the status to Ready, select the problematic agency and click the Upload selected again). If you are not sure how to resolve the error please contact our support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Uploaded==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file has been successfully uploaded to the microstock agency but haven't been submitted yet. Please, do not confuse these two statuses! When a file is uploaded, it has arrived to the microstock agency site but it isn't in the review queue yet. This status does NOT require any actions. Usually the file appears at the microstock agency within 5-10 minutes after it has been uploaded, but sometimes it takes up to a few hours (depending on the microstock agency). After that the file will be automatically submitted within 30 minutes.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please! Be patient and do not submit the uploaded file manually if it has appeared at the microstock agency site! It disrupts the procedure and causes errors!'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This status is displayed in green color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Frequently asked questions on this step===&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Why a successfully uploaded file lacks a part/all metadata? Why the description and the title have been switched?''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; When your file has been successfully uploaded, the microstock agency handles the file's metadata according to it's own algorithm and there's no way to affect this process. After a successful submission all metadata should appear as you have inputted it.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Submission process takes too long! How to speed up the process? How to launch a submission manually?''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; M+ can't force the submission process because that mostly depends on the microstock agency. If the files haven't been submitted yet then it was simply not possible. As soon as the submission will be possible M+ will perform it so please just give it some time.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''My files got submitted to every agency but Dissolve! What do I do?'' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; This microstock agency accepts files in batches only (at least 10 files per batch). Please upload more files to the same batch if there are less than 10 files.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Freepik doesn't have batches but the submission doesn't happen there!''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;They require you to upload at least 10 files before submitting them will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don't forget to check the following===&lt;br /&gt;
:*Have you gone over the microstock agency submission limit? Some microstock agencies like VideoHive and Bigstock have their own submission limit. Please, check if you haven't exceeded it.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Did you pass the exam and fill all required forms on the agency website? Some agencies may require a separate exam for every category or ask you to update your tax forms every few years.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Does the agency website work at the moment? Didn't they stop accepting content temporarily or permanently? We do our best to keep track of such events and display messages for you but it's still possible that we're not aware of something like that.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Does the file meet the microstock agency's requirements?&lt;br /&gt;
:*For assistance with frequently encountered issues, please refer to [[Special:MyLanguage/Решение наиболее распространённых проблем|this article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all conditions are met, the submission will complete within 5–10 minutes after the file appears on the microstock agency (occasionally it may take up to an hour). If more than an hour has passed and all the above conditions have been satisfied, please contact tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitted==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Submited eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that all metadata including the attached release files have been delivered to the microstock agency website and the file have been sent to the reviewers. This step doesn't require any actions, just wait for the reviewers' decision. M+ tracks the approval process and will change the file status to Approved or Rejected if it is supported for this agency. This status is displayed in cyan color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submit failed==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Submit failed eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that an error has occurred during the submission process. For details visit the Upload/Submit tab and find the microstock agency with a pink colored square marker. You will see a specific error message next to it. Hover your mouse over the error message to see a proposed solution for the issue. Correct the error, change the status to Uploaded and let the M+ try to submit it again.&lt;br /&gt;
It's a common issue to see this status for Shutterstock if there are minor keyword issues like spam/misspelled keywords and you've disabled resolving the minor issues automatically in the Shutterstock settings in M+. In that case please enable it back and change the file status to Uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Out of submissions==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nosubmittions eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If you're using a Free subscription plan===&lt;br /&gt;
Every M+ and StockSubmitter user has 33 free submissions to each agency per month (30 days from the first submission). If you've noticed the status Out of submissions that means you've gone over the limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;There are several solutions for the issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase a paid subscription plan. You can find information about plans and complete a purchase in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок | store]] by clicking on your balance in the upper right corner of Microstock+ or by selecting the corresponding option in the left-hand menu. In the store, select &amp;quot;Change plan&amp;quot; from the top left tile.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Wait for the next 30-day period to start. Then you'll be able to use another 33 submissions to each microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Only submit to stock agencies with provide free unlimited submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:*Submit files directly to the microstock agency websites manually, without utilizing MicroStock+ or StockSubmitter. Please note that this option is recommended only as a last resort. Be sure to mark these files with the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status in the M+ interface. To do this, select the file, go to the Upload / Submit tab to the right of the folder tree, choose the relevant microstock agency, click on the file status next to it, and select &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If you're using a paid subscription plan===&lt;br /&gt;
You've gone over the limit of your subscription plan. You can see the details of your subscription plan in our Store. To go to the Store click on your current plan in the top right corner of the M+ interface or open the Store section in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;There are several solutions for this issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*Upgrade to higher subscription plan with a higher limit of submissions. Upon switching, the price difference between the plans will be charged, and your submission limit will be increased for the remaining duration of the current subscription month. Please note that if you do not switch back afterward, the system will automatically renew the new plan on a monthly basis&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase extra submissions. Select &amp;quot;Increase Limit&amp;quot; in the store and buy the required number of submissions. This is a single-time purchase and will not affect the next month;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Wait for the next 30-day period to start and you will get as much submissions as available for your plan. Make sure your account balance is enough to prolong the subscription to the next month;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase a one‑month package with a higher plan. Upon doing so, a new month will be instantly activated under the new plan, superseding the existing subscription period.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Only submit to stock agencies with provide free unlimited submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:*Submit files directly to the microstock agency websites manually, without utilizing MicroStock+ or StockSubmitter. Please note that this option is recommended only as a last resort. Be sure to mark these files with the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status in the M+ interface. To do this, select the file, go to the Upload / Submit tab to the right of the folder tree, choose the relevant microstock agency, click on the file status next to it, and select &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitted but missing==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lost eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very rare status that means that your file has been successfully submitted but then disappeared from the microstock agency site. First, check if it has really disappeared. If so, it was caused by a bug on the agency end. In this case, please re-upload the file to the microstock agency. To do so, select the file(s), assign them the Ready status for this agency, then select the agency and click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the file is in fact present on the agency website but has the &amp;quot;Submitted but missing&amp;quot; status in M+, please contact the tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Approved==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Approved eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most pleasant status of all! It means that your file has been approved by the reviewers and has been put up for sale. This status is displayed in dark green color. Please note that not all agencies support this status, which will not prevent your works from selling successfully if they have been submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rejected==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rejected eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that for some reason your file has been declined by the reviewers. If the reason was specified on the microstock agency website it should appear in the M+ interface below the status as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ignored==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ignored eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===This status could mean one of the following===&lt;br /&gt;
:*This microstock agency doesn't accept content of such type (for example, 123RF doesn't accept video files);&lt;br /&gt;
:*You have manually disabled uploading content of such type to this microstock agency in the settings;&lt;br /&gt;
:*You have manually disabled the upload of this file type to a specific agency within the submission settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*You've manually disabled the upload of this file to a specific agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status is indicated by gray color.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/19/en&amp;diff=3114</id>
		<title>Translations:Статусы в MicroStock+/19/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/19/en&amp;diff=3114"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:10:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=400px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sched eng.png|center|frame|How to schedule a file upload&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3113</id>
		<title>Статусы в MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3113"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:08:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every file passes several states between the moment it has been uploaded to M+ and the moment it gets approved on the microstock agencies. Each state is reflected in M+ interface and called &amp;quot;File status&amp;quot;. This manual will help you to understand the file statuses and to solve the known issues related to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where can I find the file statuses and how can I change them? ==&lt;br /&gt;
File statuses are displayed in the My Files section under every file card as a colored bar and in the Upload/Submit tab next to every agency name. See more [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами#Сабмиты | here ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colored scale below the file card allows you to visually assess the overall status of a file: which statuses currently are most common and whether any errors have occurred. By default, statuses are sorted in the order of the stock agencies, but you can always change this in your Dashboard so that statuses of the same color combine into one sector (just like in StockSubmitter). More details on managing files, including how to upload and submit them to stock agencies, can be found in this article [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | this article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to change the status of a file or multiple files?===&lt;br /&gt;
The Upload / Submit panel allows you to review the status of a file on each individual microstock agency and manually adjust the status as needed. To perform this operation, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the file (or files) in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | file gallery]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Upload / Submit tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the checkboxes to select the desired microstock agencies from the list, or click &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the three dots to the right of any microstock agency and choose the desired status. Please note that certain statuses (such as &amp;quot;Out of submissions&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;File not ready&amp;quot; ) cannot be changed manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completing these steps, all statuses that can be changed will be updated accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=250px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Start eng.jpg|center|frame|Upload / Submit tab in the interface&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Not ready==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notready eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status means that your file haven't met one or more of the Microstock agency requirements (see the &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; file status). The details can be found in the Upload/Submit tab right to the Microstock agency name (see item 2). Hover an error message with your mouse to see a proposed solution. Once a file will meet the requirements its status will automatically change to Ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status is displayed in pink color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A required file is missing==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nofile eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All vector files must be uploaded as a pair of a EPS file and a JPG preview. This applies to all microstock agencies! Otherwise the file will have the &amp;quot;A required file is missing&amp;quot; status. To solve this issue just upload a JPG preview with the same name as your EPS file (or a EPS file with the same name as your preview). A pair should get joined together automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this action must be completed within 24 hours. If this timeframe is not met, simply upload the file to M+ again, ensuring that the preview is included this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ready==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ready eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that your file is ready to be uploaded on the microstock agency and shouldn't cause any issues during submission. It is displayed in yellow color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To get the Ready status your file must meet the following conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A file must be uploaded to the M+ cloud storage. Any .EPS file must be paired with a .JPG preview&lt;br /&gt;
*A file must have a [[Special:MyLanguage/Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов#Атрибутирование файлов | title, a description, categories, keywords and other metadata]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Metadata must comply with the Microstock agency requirements (most known issues are described below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''!''' Please note that we can't check if you have attached all necessary releases to your files because there's no way to predict whether a file requires a release or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a file receives the Ready status, you can proceed with uploading it to the stock agencies. Select the file or files you want, select the necessary microstock agencies (or select &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot; ), and then click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Third eng.jpg|thumb|left]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scheduled==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Scheduled eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both StockSubmitter and M+ allow you to configure and schedule the uploads to a chosen microstock agency.  In the settings, you can specify when the upload should begin and set up batch uploads with the desired parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To schedule an upload select a file (or files) you'd like to upload, open the Upload/Submit tab, select the desired microstock agency(ies) or check the Select all checkbox, then click the icon with a watch above the file gallery. Once a pop up appears, adjust the settings and click the &amp;quot;Schedule&amp;quot; button to proceed. Once you do so, the file(s) will be scheduled for uploading at the specified time and the bar above the file thumbnail (or a part of it) will turn light-blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=700px heights=300px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sched eng.png|center|frame|How to schedule a file upload&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Queued==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Queued eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file has been queued for an upload to a microstock agency. Microstock agencies are known for their paranoidal attitude and tend to be suspicious of multi-threaded upload. M+ imitates a behavior of a real person to not arouse any suspicion by creating a queue of files. Normally, it shouldn't take long, but a huge amount of heavy files or a high load on the agency server may cause delays. If the ETA haven't been shortening for a few hours please contact the [[Special:MyLanguage/Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки? | tech support]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Uploading==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploading eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file is currently being uploaded to the microstock agency(ies). It is displayed in lime color.&lt;br /&gt;
If an upload will be interrupted by an issue, M+ will make another attempt after a short time (the exact period is shown in parentheses below the status). Sometimes it takes several attempts to succeed and it depends on the microstock agency, not M+. Most common issues like Connection error/Maintenance should get resolved on the next uploading attempt and do not require your intervention. If this problem lasts for longer than 24 hours, please contact the tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload failed==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload failed eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a fatal error has occurred while trying to upload a file. For details visit the Upload/Submit tab and find the microstock agency with a pink colored square marker. You will see an exact reason for the failure there. Correct the error and repeat an upload attempt (to do so, change the status to Ready, select the problematic agency and click the Upload selected again). If you are not sure how to resolve the error please contact our support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Uploaded==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that a file has been successfully uploaded to the microstock agency but haven't been submitted yet. Please, do not confuse these two statuses! When a file is uploaded, it has arrived to the microstock agency site but it isn't in the review queue yet. This status does NOT require any actions. Usually the file appears at the microstock agency within 5-10 minutes after it has been uploaded, but sometimes it takes up to a few hours (depending on the microstock agency). After that the file will be automatically submitted within 30 minutes.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please! Be patient and do not submit the uploaded file manually if it has appeared at the microstock agency site! It disrupts the procedure and causes errors!'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This status is displayed in green color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Frequently asked questions on this step===&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Why a successfully uploaded file lacks a part/all metadata? Why the description and the title have been switched?''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; When your file has been successfully uploaded, the microstock agency handles the file's metadata according to it's own algorithm and there's no way to affect this process. After a successful submission all metadata should appear as you have inputted it.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Submission process takes too long! How to speed up the process? How to launch a submission manually?''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; M+ can't force the submission process because that mostly depends on the microstock agency. If the files haven't been submitted yet then it was simply not possible. As soon as the submission will be possible M+ will perform it so please just give it some time.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''My files got submitted to every agency but Dissolve! What do I do?'' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; This microstock agency accepts files in batches only (at least 10 files per batch). Please upload more files to the same batch if there are less than 10 files.&lt;br /&gt;
:*''Freepik doesn't have batches but the submission doesn't happen there!''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;They require you to upload at least 10 files before submitting them will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Don't forget to check the following===&lt;br /&gt;
:*Have you gone over the microstock agency submission limit? Some microstock agencies like VideoHive and Bigstock have their own submission limit. Please, check if you haven't exceeded it.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Did you pass the exam and fill all required forms on the agency website? Some agencies may require a separate exam for every category or ask you to update your tax forms every few years.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Does the agency website work at the moment? Didn't they stop accepting content temporarily or permanently? We do our best to keep track of such events and display messages for you but it's still possible that we're not aware of something like that.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Does the file meet the microstock agency's requirements?&lt;br /&gt;
:*For assistance with frequently encountered issues, please refer to [[Special:MyLanguage/Решение наиболее распространённых проблем|this article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all conditions are met, the submission will complete within 5–10 minutes after the file appears on the microstock agency (occasionally it may take up to an hour). If more than an hour has passed and all the above conditions have been satisfied, please contact tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitted==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Submited eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that all metadata including the attached release files have been delivered to the microstock agency website and the file have been sent to the reviewers. This step doesn't require any actions, just wait for the reviewers' decision. M+ tracks the approval process and will change the file status to Approved or Rejected if it is supported for this agency. This status is displayed in cyan color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submit failed==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Submit failed eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that an error has occurred during the submission process. For details visit the Upload/Submit tab and find the microstock agency with a pink colored square marker. You will see a specific error message next to it. Hover your mouse over the error message to see a proposed solution for the issue. Correct the error, change the status to Uploaded and let the M+ try to submit it again.&lt;br /&gt;
It's a common issue to see this status for Shutterstock if there are minor keyword issues like spam/misspelled keywords and you've disabled resolving the minor issues automatically in the Shutterstock settings in M+. In that case please enable it back and change the file status to Uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Out of submissions==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nosubmittions eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If you're using a Free subscription plan===&lt;br /&gt;
Every M+ and StockSubmitter user has 33 free submissions to each agency per month (30 days from the first submission). If you've noticed the status Out of submissions that means you've gone over the limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;There are several solutions for the issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase a paid subscription plan. You can find information about plans and complete a purchase in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок | store]] by clicking on your balance in the upper right corner of Microstock+ or by selecting the corresponding option in the left-hand menu. In the store, select &amp;quot;Change plan&amp;quot; from the top left tile.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Wait for the next 30-day period to start. Then you'll be able to use another 33 submissions to each microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Only submit to stock agencies with provide free unlimited submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:*Submit files directly to the microstock agency websites manually, without utilizing MicroStock+ or StockSubmitter. Please note that this option is recommended only as a last resort. Be sure to mark these files with the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status in the M+ interface. To do this, select the file, go to the Upload / Submit tab to the right of the folder tree, choose the relevant microstock agency, click on the file status next to it, and select &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If you're using a paid subscription plan===&lt;br /&gt;
You've gone over the limit of your subscription plan. You can see the details of your subscription plan in our Store. To go to the Store click on your current plan in the top right corner of the M+ interface or open the Store section in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;There are several solutions for this issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*Upgrade to higher subscription plan with a higher limit of submissions. Upon switching, the price difference between the plans will be charged, and your submission limit will be increased for the remaining duration of the current subscription month. Please note that if you do not switch back afterward, the system will automatically renew the new plan on a monthly basis&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase extra submissions. Select &amp;quot;Increase Limit&amp;quot; in the store and buy the required number of submissions. This is a single-time purchase and will not affect the next month;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Wait for the next 30-day period to start and you will get as much submissions as available for your plan. Make sure your account balance is enough to prolong the subscription to the next month;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Purchase a one‑month package with a higher plan. Upon doing so, a new month will be instantly activated under the new plan, superseding the existing subscription period.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Only submit to stock agencies with provide free unlimited submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:*Submit files directly to the microstock agency websites manually, without utilizing MicroStock+ or StockSubmitter. Please note that this option is recommended only as a last resort. Be sure to mark these files with the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status in the M+ interface. To do this, select the file, go to the Upload / Submit tab to the right of the folder tree, choose the relevant microstock agency, click on the file status next to it, and select &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitted but missing==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lost eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very rare status that means that your file has been successfully submitted but then disappeared from the microstock agency site. First, check if it has really disappeared. If so, it was caused by a bug on the agency end. In this case, please re-upload the file to the microstock agency. To do so, select the file(s), assign them the Ready status for this agency, then select the agency and click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the file is in fact present on the agency website but has the &amp;quot;Submitted but missing&amp;quot; status in M+, please contact the tech support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Approved==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Approved eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most pleasant status of all! It means that your file has been approved by the reviewers and has been put up for sale. This status is displayed in dark green color. Please note that not all agencies support this status, which will not prevent your works from selling successfully if they have been submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rejected==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rejected eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status indicates that for some reason your file has been declined by the reviewers. If the reason was specified on the microstock agency website it should appear in the M+ interface below the status as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ignored==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ignored eng.jpg|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===This status could mean one of the following===&lt;br /&gt;
:*This microstock agency doesn't accept content of such type (for example, 123RF doesn't accept video files);&lt;br /&gt;
:*You have manually disabled uploading content of such type to this microstock agency in the settings;&lt;br /&gt;
:*You have manually disabled the upload of this file type to a specific agency within the submission settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*You've manually disabled the upload of this file to a specific agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This status is indicated by gray color.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/19/en&amp;diff=3112</id>
		<title>Translations:Статусы в MicroStock+/19/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A1%D1%82%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%81%D1%8B_%D0%B2_MicroStock%2B/19/en&amp;diff=3112"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:08:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;gallery widths=700px heights=300px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Sched eng.png|center|frame|How to schedule a file upload&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Sched_eng.png&amp;diff=3111</id>
		<title>Файл:Sched eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Sched_eng.png&amp;diff=3111"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:07:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/en&amp;diff=3110</id>
		<title>Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/en&amp;diff=3110"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:00:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MicroStock+ is an effective and comprehensive product that allows you to attribute, upload, and submit files without leaving your browser page. This guide will introduce you to the most important features, teach you how to submit files quickly and efficiently, and will also help you solving the most common issues related to this topic. We wish for all your files to be approved in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparing your files ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading files to any microstock agency, be sure to familiarize yourself with its requirements. Each microstock agency website has a dedicated section for this, and additional information can be found on relevant forums. If you missed a specific requirement - don't worry. If files don't meet known and measurable parameters, our product will not upload them to microstock agencies and will report an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Video content===&lt;br /&gt;
We do not upload custom thumbnails to the microstock agencies. However, if you already have a thumbnail with embedded metadata, you can upload it to M+ along with the file. In this case, M+ will import the metadata into your video, but the thumbnail will be generated automatically by the microstock agency. Be sure to name the thumbnail the same as the video file!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos and raster illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading to M+, a thumbnail is generated automatically. You don't need to do this manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vector files===&lt;br /&gt;
M+ works with the .EPS files '''ONLY''', even though some agencies support .AI and .CDR. Currently, the Adobe Illustrator 10 EPS version is considered the standard, but some agencies do not support .EPS files above Adobe Illustrator 8. EPS8 is considered an outdated format, and you should keep in mind that many modern effects (such as transparency and shadows) get rasterized in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To successfully upload vector files to microstock agencies, you have to prepare a JPG thumbnail with an identical name (for example: filename.eps → filename.jpg). For the files to be correctly linked, the JPG thumbnail must be uploaded prior to submission. This can be done simultaneously with the vector file or at any point within 24 hours of the original upload. Failure to associate the files before submission will prevent them from being paired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File upload ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading files to the microstock agencies, you must first upload them to the M+ interface. Click &amp;quot;Upload Files&amp;quot; in the left menu to proceed to the upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=500px heights=300px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Upload preparing and submit eng.png|center|frame|File uploading&lt;br /&gt;
File:Upload section preparing and submit eng.png|center|frame|Uploading section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instructions and FTP upload details are collapsed in the top section of the upload page (if you use an FTP client, such as FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''By the way, you can upload files via FTP along with your folder structure, and M+ will automatically recreate it within its own file system.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sections below are responsible for uploading via M+.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before you begin, prepare JPG thumbnails for vector files. While these can be added later, it is more convenient to upload it immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a destination folder by clicking the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag and drop one or multiple files into the window, or click the cloud icon to select them via your file explorer. You can pause or cancel the upload at any time using the corresponding buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uploaded files will appear in rows on the right side. A file with an upload error is marked by a red cross indicator, and a description of the error will replace the progress bar. A successfully uploaded file will be indicated by a green checkmark. To the right of the indicator, the file name, its type (and extension), its location path within M+, its size, and the upload time (accurate to the minute) are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not close the page or browser tab during upload, as this will interrupt the process. Instead, open M+ in a new tab or window and continue working there. Once all files have been successfully uploaded, M+ will notify you and prompt you to proceed to [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | My Files]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon navigating to &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; after a successful upload, the information about image and video thumbnails is cleared from the uploading page interface but remains stored within M+. Therefore, there is no need to worry when you see that thumbnails have been replaced by file type icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are working with a large number of heavy files or using a slow internet connection, file processing may take a considerable amount of time. For this reason, a queue is formed in the &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot;, displayed as thumbnails accompanied by information about the current processing progress. We ask for your patience during this stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the estimated processing timer for files reaches zero, but the files do not appear in &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; for more than an hour, please contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File attribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
This stage is also known as metadata entry. Each stock agency has its own metadata requirements, and we ask that you familiarize yourself with them independently before proceeding with attribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What are Batches and How to Name Them ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platforms like iStock and Dissolve require you to upload your works in small batches united by a common theme. Think of batches as folders or tags that group similar images together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure a successful upload, you need to select several similar works, click the &amp;quot;Name Batch&amp;quot; icon (which looks like a stack of papers), and enter any name. It can even be a random set of characters. When you upload them, the M+ system will automatically create this batch on the stock site and place all your selected works inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Batch preparing and submit.png.png|left|500px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Metadata editing===&lt;br /&gt;
You can open the metadata editor by clicking the icon above the gallery in My Files, clicking the icon on a file's preview, or by double-clicking the file itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metadata editor consists of two tabs: &amp;quot;Metadata&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Tab====&lt;br /&gt;
This tab manages the metadata for the selected image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; button allows you to copy the file's metadata: title, description, keywords, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Paste&amp;quot; button allows you to paste previously copied metadata into the current file fields, either filling in empty fields or replacing existing information. Please note that this action is irreversible once you confirm and save the file!&lt;br /&gt;
* Left click on the thumbnail will open an enlarged version of the file preview on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
* To configure AI content, first click the &amp;quot;AI&amp;quot; checkbox under the description.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;En&amp;quot; button to translate the contents of the &amp;quot;Title&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; fields into English. The keywords must be entered or pasted into the field below the main keyword area, and you must click the &amp;quot;En&amp;quot; button '''BEFORE''' adding them to the list. We do not edit or guarantee the quality of the automated translation. You can choose either Microsoft or Yandex as the translation service. This setting can be changed in your personal account under &amp;quot;Interface Settings&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* For advanced microstock agency category settings, click the &amp;quot;Agency Categories&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Pricing Editor&amp;quot; button opens additional pricing settings for 123rf, Pond5, GraphicRiver, VideoHive, and some other microstock agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Custom Agency Metadata&amp;quot; button opens individual settings for Pond5, GraphicRiver, and some other agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
* To submit works to iStock ESP, you need to set Keyword Terms, which can be done using the &amp;quot;Keyword Terms&amp;quot; button. You can find details about them on the agency's website.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Other Metadata&amp;quot; opens additional settings required by specific stock agencies (for example, country and camera model).&lt;br /&gt;
* To add keywords, type or paste them into the special field under the list of current keywords and then press the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.&lt;br /&gt;
** To delete all keywords, click the cross (X) on the left of the list. To remove an individual keyword, click the cross (X) to its right.&lt;br /&gt;
** To resize the field, drag its bottom-right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords can be highlighted as text and then copied using your browser's features or standard keyboard shortcuts. When pasted, they will be automatically separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
* The button with crossed lines shuffles the keywords into a random order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;ABC&amp;quot; button arranges them in alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Raise!&amp;quot; button removes non-trending keywords from the existing list and suggests more trending ones (based on M+ trends) with a similar theme. After clicking it, additional buttons will appear. You can review the changes using the toggle switch that shows the state before and after the &amp;quot;raise&amp;quot;. Use the &amp;quot;New Raise!&amp;quot; button to generate a new set of keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=500px heights=120px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Raise.png|center|frame|Raise! button menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filling in Keywords Using M+ QuickMeta ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fastest and easiest way fill in keywords is to use the QuickMeta feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is located to the left of the metadata editor itself and consists of one or two dropdown panels, a search bar, and a hide button. The number of panels depends on whether you have purchased the [[Special:MyLanguage/Работа с MicroStock+Trends|MicroStock+Trends]] payment plan. The QuickMeta feature works with both a single file and multiple files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't need the  QuickMeta feature, click the &amp;quot;Hide&amp;quot; button to the right of the search bar within the feature interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=400px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hiding quickmeta eng.png|center|frame|Hide QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
File:Opening quickmeta eng.png|center|frame|Open QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Safari users, the Open QuickMeta button will be located directly within the editor, next to the copy and paste metadata buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== If You Have an M+Trends Subscription ====&lt;br /&gt;
You have access to both QuickMeta panels. Your subscription plan determines how up-to-date the information on trending and top-performing images is. The more advanced your plan, the more current the data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; panel searches the Shutterstock database. This is a tool familiar to StockSubmitter users. Subscribers on advanced plans get access to higher-ranking top results.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; panel showcases the assets with the fastest-rising rankings on Shutterstock. It is powered by a specialized database that filters out older content and ranks files by their sales performance. The [[Special:MyLanguage/Работа с MicroStock+Trends#Индикатор трендовости|Trend indicator]] here functions identically to the one in the &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system works automatically. As soon as you enter the editor, our neural networks analyze your work and provide keyword suggestions. You can subsequently refine this selection by adding, deleting, or editing terms in the search bar at the top of the panel, then confirming with Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== If You DO NOT Have an M+Trends Subscription ====&lt;br /&gt;
You have access to just one QuickMeta panel: &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot;. This is a tool familiar to StockSubmitter users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply type descriptive words for your image into the search bar at the top of the panel and press Enter. You'll see relevant image thumbnails appear below. Click on any thumbnail to automatically input its keywords into your file's metadata (on the right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From there, you can either select individual keywords by clicking on them, or use the dedicated buttons to copy the first 50 or 80 keywords all at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy a title and description, hover your mouse over any thumbnail and click the green icon next to the title. This will automatically fill or replace your file's title and description fields with the content from the selected image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How do I use QuickMeta feature? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=250px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Autokeywordsearch.png|left|frame|The search bar and content type selection&lt;br /&gt;
File:Keywordsauto.png|left|frame|Copying keywords from the buffer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the step-by-step process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your file(s) to M+ and wait for them to appear in &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
# Access the metadata editor by double-clicking a thumbnail, clicking the icon on the image, or using the gallery's top menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the QuickMeta panel is hidden, open it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the content type from the dropdown list to the right of the search bar (at the panel's top).&lt;br /&gt;
# If you have an &amp;quot;M+ Trends&amp;quot; subscription:&lt;br /&gt;
## The search field will be inputted automatically. You can modify the terms manually and press Enter to refresh the query.&lt;br /&gt;
## You have an access to both the upper &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; tab and the lower &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; tabs. To search exclusively within trending images, select any thumbnail in the lower tab - it will expand while the &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; tab collapses.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you '''DO NOT''' have an &amp;quot;M+ Trends&amp;quot; subscription:&lt;br /&gt;
## Enter your search terms and press Enter. Wait for the query to process.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select one or more metadata &amp;quot;donors&amp;quot; by clicking the resulting thumbnails. Click again to remove from selection.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy a donor's title and description to your work:&lt;br /&gt;
## Hover your mouse cursor over any thumbnail in &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; panels - the title will appear over the image.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the icon to the left of the title to automatically populate your file's title and description fields.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy individual keywords:&lt;br /&gt;
## Click any keyword in the buffer.&lt;br /&gt;
## Padding color helps identify the most effective options. For detailed keyword ratings, hover over the colored circles icon on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy 50 or 80 keywords at once, use the &amp;quot;Copy 50&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;Copy 80&amp;quot; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;Revert&amp;quot; button will remove '''ALL''' keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to save your changes!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Metadata Tab|See more about keywords editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Attached releases===&lt;br /&gt;
The list of attached model or property releases appears directly below the keyword buffer. You can adjust the height of this field by clicking and dragging the bottom-right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
To attach a release, you must first create one in the &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; tab. Once a release is attached, you can remove it at any time by clicking the &amp;quot;X&amp;quot; next to its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bottom Panel Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
At the very bottom of the metadata editor, you'll find the following buttons (from left to right):&lt;br /&gt;
* Click navigation arrows to move between files in the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Clear&amp;quot; button removes ALL metadata from the file. This action is permanent once saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; button closes the metadata editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button applies and saves your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Releases==&lt;br /&gt;
A release is a legal agreement between you and any recognizable person in your work, or the owner of private property featured in your photo or video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend checking the specific release requirements on the websites of the stock agencies where you plan to distribute your content.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Release.png|left|frame|Releases tab&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background: #CCEA9B; border:1px solid #3BAE62; padding:10px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Important Notice!&lt;br /&gt;
Please '''DO NOT''' attach releases to your files by dragging them into the Easy Release field! This method is designed '''EXCLUSIVELY''' for release files created in Easy Release PRO with the StockSubmitter/M+ integration feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is not available on iOS yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Releases ===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, navigate to the Releases (see image above). M+ allows you to create a database for all your releases, which you can then easily attach to your files. Below is an overview of the Release Manager's layout and its key functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number next to &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; indicates how many releases are attached to the current file (in this case, none are attached).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Releasemanager.png|left|600px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Search bar – Enter a name to filter releases in your database, then click &amp;quot;Filter&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Sorting – Click any column header to sort your releases. The arrow indicates the sort direction (ascending or descending).&lt;br /&gt;
#Release Card displays an individual release. It shows the release's thumbnail, name, type, date, and other details. Use the paperclip button to attach/detach the release from your file (a green border indicates it's attached).&lt;br /&gt;
#Release Actions (from left to right):&lt;br /&gt;
##Attach/Detach&lt;br /&gt;
##Edit&lt;br /&gt;
##Duplicate&lt;br /&gt;
##Delete&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; button creates a new release.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Unattach All&amp;quot; button detaches all attached releases (this action is irreversible once saved!)&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button applies and saves your changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use navigation arrows to move between files in the folder without switching between the tabs or closing Metadata editor. Don't forget to save your changes!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a New Release ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply click the &amp;quot;Create release&amp;quot; button located at the bottom of the interface (see point above) and follow the step-by-step instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the release type: Property Release or Model Release.&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the release file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in all required fields carefully. For dates, you can use the calendar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
# By default, the release is available for all stock sites, but you can specify platforms in the &amp;quot;Upload to&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This release is now ready to be attached to your files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading to Microstock Agencies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading, please make sure that your files are ready. You can check their status using the color-coded bar beneath each thumbnail or in the &amp;quot;Upload/Submit&amp;quot; tab. Select a file or group of files to view their current status across different microstock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload successfully, your files must have the &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status for your target microstock agency. If a file displays &amp;quot;Not Ready&amp;quot; or another error status (see our [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | detailed status guide]] for more information), hover your mouse cursor over the status message for troubleshooting suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, select the target microstock agencies with checkboxes, or click &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot; to upload to all connected platforms. Click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button to begin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitting to Microstock agencies==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What is a Submit? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A submit is the automated process of filling in all metadata fields for a '''single file''' and sending it for review by microstock agency inspectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submits are counted separately for each microstock agency. For example, if you're subscribed to Like payment plan and work with, you can make 2,500 submits per month, 250 for each agency. When using M+ with StockSubmitter, you only pay for submits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every user receives 33 free submits monthly per agency (with Free payment plan). Submits to iStock ESP, Dreamstime, YayImages, and Pond5 are always unlimited and free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We provide free and unlimited submits to all novice contributors who have never purchased a paid subscription and have total earnings below $50 across all stock agencies. This feature will be permanently disabled once your total earnings reach $50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To activate the offer enable the &amp;quot;Permit collecting and displaying earnings data&amp;quot; setting in your dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In M+, files are automatically submitted to agencies right after a successful upload. When your metadata is correct and our servers handle the upload reliably, there's no reason to delay submission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a submit is blocked (e.g., due to running out of submissions or the file not yet appearing on the agency side), M+ will keep retrying. Once the issue is resolved, the submission will proceed within one hour after the last failed attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion, files will show the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status. Depending on the agency's response, this will later update to either &amp;quot;Accepted&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Rejected&amp;quot; (for agencies that support this feature).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Most common file submission problems and solutions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I dragged a release file into &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; but can't find it in the list! ===&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Drag-and-drop in the Releases tab works exclusively for files created in Easy Release PRO with StockSubmitter / M+ integration enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all other releases, please use the &amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; creation form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why did a duplicate of my file appeared on the microstock agency? ===&lt;br /&gt;
This usually happens because you submitted the files manually on the agency's website after M+ has already uploaded them. It causes M+ to lose track and retry the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you submit files manually, remember to set their status to &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; in M+ immediately after uploading them to the microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why are my files stuck in the queue for so long? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stock agencies often restrict multi-threaded uploads, so M+ mimics human user behavior to avoid triggering security alerts. While this process is typically fast, you may see the &amp;quot;In Queue&amp;quot; status for longer periods during heavy uploads or when agency servers are overloaded. If the queue is progressing, there's no need to worry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a file shows a &amp;quot;Connection Error&amp;quot; with a timer under the &amp;quot;Uploading&amp;quot; status, M+ will automatically retry at intervals until the connection with the microstock server is restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subscription Problem on VectorStock ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when you've run out of available submits while uploading to VectorStock. On this platform, submission happens instantly during the upload process, so without available submits, uploading becomes impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve an issue either upgrade to a higher subscription plan or increase the limit for this month. After that, change the file status for VectorStock to &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; and re-upload.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/21/en&amp;diff=3109</id>
		<title>Translations:Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов/21/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/21/en&amp;diff=3109"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:00:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;gallery widths=400px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hiding quickmeta eng.png|center|frame|Hide QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
File:Opening quickmeta eng.png|center|frame|Open QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Opening_quickmeta_eng.png&amp;diff=3108</id>
		<title>Файл:Opening quickmeta eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Opening_quickmeta_eng.png&amp;diff=3108"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T15:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Hiding_quickmeta_eng.png&amp;diff=3107</id>
		<title>Файл:Hiding quickmeta eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Hiding_quickmeta_eng.png&amp;diff=3107"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:59:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/en&amp;diff=3105</id>
		<title>Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%9F%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B3%D0%BE%D1%82%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B0,_%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B3%D1%80%D1%83%D0%B7%D0%BA%D0%B0_%D0%B8_%D1%81%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%BC%D0%B8%D1%82_%D1%84%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2/en&amp;diff=3105"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:54:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MicroStock+ is an effective and comprehensive product that allows you to attribute, upload, and submit files without leaving your browser page. This guide will introduce you to the most important features, teach you how to submit files quickly and efficiently, and will also help you solving the most common issues related to this topic. We wish for all your files to be approved in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparing your files ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading files to any microstock agency, be sure to familiarize yourself with its requirements. Each microstock agency website has a dedicated section for this, and additional information can be found on relevant forums. If you missed a specific requirement - don't worry. If files don't meet known and measurable parameters, our product will not upload them to microstock agencies and will report an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Video content===&lt;br /&gt;
We do not upload custom thumbnails to the microstock agencies. However, if you already have a thumbnail with embedded metadata, you can upload it to M+ along with the file. In this case, M+ will import the metadata into your video, but the thumbnail will be generated automatically by the microstock agency. Be sure to name the thumbnail the same as the video file!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Photos and raster illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading to M+, a thumbnail is generated automatically. You don't need to do this manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vector files===&lt;br /&gt;
M+ works with the .EPS files '''ONLY''', even though some agencies support .AI and .CDR. Currently, the Adobe Illustrator 10 EPS version is considered the standard, but some agencies do not support .EPS files above Adobe Illustrator 8. EPS8 is considered an outdated format, and you should keep in mind that many modern effects (such as transparency and shadows) get rasterized in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To successfully upload vector files to microstock agencies, you have to prepare a JPG thumbnail with an identical name (for example: filename.eps → filename.jpg). For the files to be correctly linked, the JPG thumbnail must be uploaded prior to submission. This can be done simultaneously with the vector file or at any point within 24 hours of the original upload. Failure to associate the files before submission will prevent them from being paired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File upload ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading files to the microstock agencies, you must first upload them to the M+ interface. Click &amp;quot;Upload Files&amp;quot; in the left menu to proceed to the upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=500px heights=300px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Upload preparing and submit eng.png|center|frame|File uploading&lt;br /&gt;
File:Upload section preparing and submit eng.png|center|frame|Uploading section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instructions and FTP upload details are collapsed in the top section of the upload page (if you use an FTP client, such as FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''By the way, you can upload files via FTP along with your folder structure, and M+ will automatically recreate it within its own file system.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sections below are responsible for uploading via M+.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before you begin, prepare JPG thumbnails for vector files. While these can be added later, it is more convenient to upload it immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a destination folder by clicking the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag and drop one or multiple files into the window, or click the cloud icon to select them via your file explorer. You can pause or cancel the upload at any time using the corresponding buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uploaded files will appear in rows on the right side. A file with an upload error is marked by a red cross indicator, and a description of the error will replace the progress bar. A successfully uploaded file will be indicated by a green checkmark. To the right of the indicator, the file name, its type (and extension), its location path within M+, its size, and the upload time (accurate to the minute) are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not close the page or browser tab during upload, as this will interrupt the process. Instead, open M+ in a new tab or window and continue working there. Once all files have been successfully uploaded, M+ will notify you and prompt you to proceed to [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление файлами | My Files]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon navigating to &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; after a successful upload, the information about image and video thumbnails is cleared from the uploading page interface but remains stored within M+. Therefore, there is no need to worry when you see that thumbnails have been replaced by file type icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are working with a large number of heavy files or using a slow internet connection, file processing may take a considerable amount of time. For this reason, a queue is formed in the &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot;, displayed as thumbnails accompanied by information about the current processing progress. We ask for your patience during this stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the estimated processing timer for files reaches zero, but the files do not appear in &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; for more than an hour, please contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File attribution ==&lt;br /&gt;
This stage is also known as metadata entry. Each stock agency has its own metadata requirements, and we ask that you familiarize yourself with them independently before proceeding with attribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What are Batches and How to Name Them ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platforms like iStock and Dissolve require you to upload your works in small batches united by a common theme. Think of batches as folders or tags that group similar images together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure a successful upload, you need to select several similar works, click the &amp;quot;Name Batch&amp;quot; icon (which looks like a stack of papers), and enter any name. It can even be a random set of characters. When you upload them, the M+ system will automatically create this batch on the stock site and place all your selected works inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Batch preparing and submit.png.png|left|500px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Metadata editing===&lt;br /&gt;
You can open the metadata editor by clicking the icon above the gallery in My Files, clicking the icon on a file's preview, or by double-clicking the file itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metadata editor consists of two tabs: &amp;quot;Metadata&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Tab====&lt;br /&gt;
This tab manages the metadata for the selected image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot; button allows you to copy the file's metadata: title, description, keywords, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Paste&amp;quot; button allows you to paste previously copied metadata into the current file fields, either filling in empty fields or replacing existing information. Please note that this action is irreversible once you confirm and save the file!&lt;br /&gt;
* Left click on the thumbnail will open an enlarged version of the file preview on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
* To configure AI content, first click the &amp;quot;AI&amp;quot; checkbox under the description.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;En&amp;quot; button to translate the contents of the &amp;quot;Title&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; fields into English. The keywords must be entered or pasted into the field below the main keyword area, and you must click the &amp;quot;En&amp;quot; button '''BEFORE''' adding them to the list. We do not edit or guarantee the quality of the automated translation. You can choose either Microsoft or Yandex as the translation service. This setting can be changed in your personal account under &amp;quot;Interface Settings&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* For advanced microstock agency category settings, click the &amp;quot;Agency Categories&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Pricing Editor&amp;quot; button opens additional pricing settings for 123rf, Pond5, GraphicRiver, VideoHive, and some other microstock agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Custom Agency Metadata&amp;quot; button opens individual settings for Pond5, GraphicRiver, and some other agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
* To submit works to iStock ESP, you need to set Keyword Terms, which can be done using the &amp;quot;Keyword Terms&amp;quot; button. You can find details about them on the agency's website.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Other Metadata&amp;quot; opens additional settings required by specific stock agencies (for example, country and camera model).&lt;br /&gt;
* To add keywords, type or paste them into the special field under the list of current keywords and then press the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.&lt;br /&gt;
** To delete all keywords, click the cross (X) on the left of the list. To remove an individual keyword, click the cross (X) to its right.&lt;br /&gt;
** To resize the field, drag its bottom-right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords can be highlighted as text and then copied using your browser's features or standard keyboard shortcuts. When pasted, they will be automatically separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
* The button with crossed lines shuffles the keywords into a random order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;ABC&amp;quot; button arranges them in alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Raise!&amp;quot; button removes non-trending keywords from the existing list and suggests more trending ones (based on M+ trends) with a similar theme. After clicking it, additional buttons will appear. You can review the changes using the toggle switch that shows the state before and after the &amp;quot;raise&amp;quot;. Use the &amp;quot;New Raise!&amp;quot; button to generate a new set of keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=500px heights=120px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Raise.png|center|frame|Raise! button menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filling in Keywords Using M+ QuickMeta ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fastest and easiest way fill in keywords is to use the QuickMeta feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is located to the left of the metadata editor itself and consists of one or two dropdown panels, a search bar, and a hide button. The number of panels depends on whether you have purchased the [[Special:MyLanguage/Работа с MicroStock+Trends|MicroStock+Trends]] payment plan. The QuickMeta feature works with both a single file and multiple files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don't need the  QuickMeta feature, click the &amp;quot;Hide&amp;quot; button to the right of the search bar within the feature interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=400px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Hiding quickmeta.png|center|frame|Hide QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
File:Opening quickmeta.png|center|frame|Open QuickMeta button&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Safari users, the Open QuickMeta button will be located directly within the editor, next to the copy and paste metadata buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== If You Have an M+Trends Subscription ====&lt;br /&gt;
You have access to both QuickMeta panels. Your subscription plan determines how up-to-date the information on trending and top-performing images is. The more advanced your plan, the more current the data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; panel searches the Shutterstock database. This is a tool familiar to StockSubmitter users. Subscribers on advanced plans get access to higher-ranking top results.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; panel showcases the assets with the fastest-rising rankings on Shutterstock. It is powered by a specialized database that filters out older content and ranks files by their sales performance. The [[Special:MyLanguage/Работа с MicroStock+Trends#Индикатор трендовости|Trend indicator]] here functions identically to the one in the &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system works automatically. As soon as you enter the editor, our neural networks analyze your work and provide keyword suggestions. You can subsequently refine this selection by adding, deleting, or editing terms in the search bar at the top of the panel, then confirming with Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== If You DO NOT Have an M+Trends Subscription ====&lt;br /&gt;
You have access to just one QuickMeta panel: &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot;. This is a tool familiar to StockSubmitter users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply type descriptive words for your image into the search bar at the top of the panel and press Enter. You'll see relevant image thumbnails appear below. Click on any thumbnail to automatically input its keywords into your file's metadata (on the right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From there, you can either select individual keywords by clicking on them, or use the dedicated buttons to copy the first 50 or 80 keywords all at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy a title and description, hover your mouse over any thumbnail and click the green icon next to the title. This will automatically fill or replace your file's title and description fields with the content from the selected image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How do I use QuickMeta feature? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=250px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Autokeywordsearch.png|left|frame|The search bar and content type selection&lt;br /&gt;
File:Keywordsauto.png|left|frame|Copying keywords from the buffer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the step-by-step process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your file(s) to M+ and wait for them to appear in &amp;quot;My Files&amp;quot; gallery.&lt;br /&gt;
# Access the metadata editor by double-clicking a thumbnail, clicking the icon on the image, or using the gallery's top menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the QuickMeta panel is hidden, open it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the content type from the dropdown list to the right of the search bar (at the panel's top).&lt;br /&gt;
# If you have an &amp;quot;M+ Trends&amp;quot; subscription:&lt;br /&gt;
## The search field will be inputted automatically. You can modify the terms manually and press Enter to refresh the query.&lt;br /&gt;
## You have an access to both the upper &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; tab and the lower &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; tabs. To search exclusively within trending images, select any thumbnail in the lower tab - it will expand while the &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; tab collapses.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you '''DO NOT''' have an &amp;quot;M+ Trends&amp;quot; subscription:&lt;br /&gt;
## Enter your search terms and press Enter. Wait for the query to process.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select one or more metadata &amp;quot;donors&amp;quot; by clicking the resulting thumbnails. Click again to remove from selection.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy a donor's title and description to your work:&lt;br /&gt;
## Hover your mouse cursor over any thumbnail in &amp;quot;Trending&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Top&amp;quot; panels - the title will appear over the image.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the icon to the left of the title to automatically populate your file's title and description fields.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy individual keywords:&lt;br /&gt;
## Click any keyword in the buffer.&lt;br /&gt;
## Padding color helps identify the most effective options. For detailed keyword ratings, hover over the colored circles icon on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
# To copy 50 or 80 keywords at once, use the &amp;quot;Copy 50&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;Copy 80&amp;quot; buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
# The &amp;quot;Revert&amp;quot; button will remove '''ALL''' keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to save your changes!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Metadata Tab|See more about keywords editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Attached releases===&lt;br /&gt;
The list of attached model or property releases appears directly below the keyword buffer. You can adjust the height of this field by clicking and dragging the bottom-right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
To attach a release, you must first create one in the &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; tab. Once a release is attached, you can remove it at any time by clicking the &amp;quot;X&amp;quot; next to its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bottom Panel Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
At the very bottom of the metadata editor, you'll find the following buttons (from left to right):&lt;br /&gt;
* Click navigation arrows to move between files in the folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Clear&amp;quot; button removes ALL metadata from the file. This action is permanent once saved.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; button closes the metadata editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button applies and saves your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Releases==&lt;br /&gt;
A release is a legal agreement between you and any recognizable person in your work, or the owner of private property featured in your photo or video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend checking the specific release requirements on the websites of the stock agencies where you plan to distribute your content.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=600px heights=200px perrow=7&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Release.png|left|frame|Releases tab&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;background: #CCEA9B; border:1px solid #3BAE62; padding:10px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Important Notice!&lt;br /&gt;
Please '''DO NOT''' attach releases to your files by dragging them into the Easy Release field! This method is designed '''EXCLUSIVELY''' for release files created in Easy Release PRO with the StockSubmitter/M+ integration feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is not available on iOS yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Releases ===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, navigate to the Releases (see image above). M+ allows you to create a database for all your releases, which you can then easily attach to your files. Below is an overview of the Release Manager's layout and its key functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number next to &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; indicates how many releases are attached to the current file (in this case, none are attached).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Releasemanager.png|left|600px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Search bar – Enter a name to filter releases in your database, then click &amp;quot;Filter&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Sorting – Click any column header to sort your releases. The arrow indicates the sort direction (ascending or descending).&lt;br /&gt;
#Release Card displays an individual release. It shows the release's thumbnail, name, type, date, and other details. Use the paperclip button to attach/detach the release from your file (a green border indicates it's attached).&lt;br /&gt;
#Release Actions (from left to right):&lt;br /&gt;
##Attach/Detach&lt;br /&gt;
##Edit&lt;br /&gt;
##Duplicate&lt;br /&gt;
##Delete&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; button creates a new release.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Unattach All&amp;quot; button detaches all attached releases (this action is irreversible once saved!)&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button applies and saves your changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use navigation arrows to move between files in the folder without switching between the tabs or closing Metadata editor. Don't forget to save your changes!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a New Release ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply click the &amp;quot;Create release&amp;quot; button located at the bottom of the interface (see point above) and follow the step-by-step instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the release type: Property Release or Model Release.&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the release file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in all required fields carefully. For dates, you can use the calendar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
# By default, the release is available for all stock sites, but you can specify platforms in the &amp;quot;Upload to&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This release is now ready to be attached to your files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading to Microstock Agencies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading, please make sure that your files are ready. You can check their status using the color-coded bar beneath each thumbnail or in the &amp;quot;Upload/Submit&amp;quot; tab. Select a file or group of files to view their current status across different microstock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload successfully, your files must have the &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status for your target microstock agency. If a file displays &amp;quot;Not Ready&amp;quot; or another error status (see our [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | detailed status guide]] for more information), hover your mouse cursor over the status message for troubleshooting suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, select the target microstock agencies with checkboxes, or click &amp;quot;Select All&amp;quot; to upload to all connected platforms. Click the &amp;quot;Upload Selected&amp;quot; button to begin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submitting to Microstock agencies==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What is a Submit? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A submit is the automated process of filling in all metadata fields for a '''single file''' and sending it for review by microstock agency inspectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submits are counted separately for each microstock agency. For example, if you're subscribed to Like payment plan and work with, you can make 2,500 submits per month, 250 for each agency. When using M+ with StockSubmitter, you only pay for submits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every user receives 33 free submits monthly per agency (with Free payment plan). Submits to iStock ESP, Dreamstime, YayImages, and Pond5 are always unlimited and free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We provide free and unlimited submits to all novice contributors who have never purchased a paid subscription and have total earnings below $50 across all stock agencies. This feature will be permanently disabled once your total earnings reach $50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To activate the offer enable the &amp;quot;Permit collecting and displaying earnings data&amp;quot; setting in your dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In M+, files are automatically submitted to agencies right after a successful upload. When your metadata is correct and our servers handle the upload reliably, there's no reason to delay submission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a submit is blocked (e.g., due to running out of submissions or the file not yet appearing on the agency side), M+ will keep retrying. Once the issue is resolved, the submission will proceed within one hour after the last failed attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion, files will show the &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; status. Depending on the agency's response, this will later update to either &amp;quot;Accepted&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Rejected&amp;quot; (for agencies that support this feature).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Most common file submission problems and solutions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I dragged a release file into &amp;quot;Releases&amp;quot; but can't find it in the list! ===&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Drag-and-drop in the Releases tab works exclusively for files created in Easy Release PRO with StockSubmitter / M+ integration enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all other releases, please use the &amp;quot;Create Release&amp;quot; creation form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why did a duplicate of my file appeared on the microstock agency? ===&lt;br /&gt;
This usually happens because you submitted the files manually on the agency's website after M+ has already uploaded them. It causes M+ to lose track and retry the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you submit files manually, remember to set their status to &amp;quot;Submitted&amp;quot; in M+ immediately after uploading them to the microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why are my files stuck in the queue for so long? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stock agencies often restrict multi-threaded uploads, so M+ mimics human user behavior to avoid triggering security alerts. While this process is typically fast, you may see the &amp;quot;In Queue&amp;quot; status for longer periods during heavy uploads or when agency servers are overloaded. If the queue is progressing, there's no need to worry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a file shows a &amp;quot;Connection Error&amp;quot; with a timer under the &amp;quot;Uploading&amp;quot; status, M+ will automatically retry at intervals until the connection with the microstock server is restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subscription Problem on VectorStock ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when you've run out of available submits while uploading to VectorStock. On this platform, submission happens instantly during the upload process, so without available submits, uploading becomes impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve an issue either upgrade to a higher subscription plan or increase the limit for this month. After that, change the file status for VectorStock to &amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; and re-upload.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3104</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3104"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:48:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A child account can be changed once per [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | current paid notional month]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There, you can edit the account settings using the notebook and pencil icon — for example, assign a nickname to the user to make it easier to find the right person in the list. Using the trash can icon, you can delete the child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account will not be able to submit!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To switch to a child account, simply click on its email address in the column (it is blurred in the example). To return to the parent account, go to your dashboard and click the link in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I no longer want to be a child account. How do I disconnect from the parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings. Click the &amp;quot;Decline&amp;quot; button in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you will find solutions to the most common issues encountered when working with M+ child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How do I add companion services (M+Trends or M+Storage) to my child account? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the child account uses the parent's plan, subscriptions to all companion services must be purchased separately. Go to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Store]] using the child account's login and password, and purchase a subscription to the services you currently need. If the child account belongs to another person, they can purchase the service subscription themselves, just as they could before becoming a child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have a child account, and files have suddenly stopped submitting. What happened? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, one of two things has occurred:&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account's subscription has expired.&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account switched to a plan that does not support the required number of child accounts and forgot to disable you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues will not resolve themselves — you'll have to to contact [[Special:MyLanguage/Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|technical support]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have received an offer to become a child account from an unknown person. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, someone made a mistake with the email address. Click &amp;quot;No&amp;quot; in the dialog box. Without your consent, no one can ever interfere with your account!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I sent an offer to become a child account to another person, but I still cannot log into the child account. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible that the other person has not yet accepted your offer. If you are absolutely certain they have accepted the offer but you still cannot access the child account, contact technical support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/5/en&amp;diff=3103</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/5/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/5/en&amp;diff=3103"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:48:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B&amp;diff=3100</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B&amp;diff=3100"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:45:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерние аккаунты позволяют предоставить доступ к вашей подписке определённым пользователям или сгенерировать аккаунт/аккаунты для организации нескольких портфелей. Начиная с тарифа Unlimited вы можете подключить к одному аккаунту М+ до 20 дочерних (в зависимости от тарифа). Вы в любой момент можете войти из родительского аккаунта на дочерний и вернуться обратно. О том как создавать, настраивать и удалять дочерние аккаунты мы расскажем в этой статье.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Что такое родительский аккаунт? == &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Родительский аккаунт — ваш основной аккаунт. Если тариф позволяет, он может назначить дочерним любой другой или сгенерировать новый аккаунт в качестве дочернего. Владелец родительского аккаунта всегда может зайти в дочерний без ввода пароля. Он делит с дочерним аккаунтом подписку StockSubmitter/M+, но все другие подписки (например, M+Trends и M+Storage) на дочерний аккаунт не распространяются. База релизов и файлы у родительского аккаунта независимы от дочернего. Если вам требуется только предоставить доступ к файлам наёмному работнику, и вы не желаете делиться подпиской, сделайте это с помощью [[Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | предоставления ограниченного доступа к папкам]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Что такое дочерний аккаунт? == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт использует подписку StockSubmitter/M+ родительского аккаунта, то есть вы можете поделиться безлимитными сабмитами с другим человеком (например, супругом или родственником) или хранить на дочернем аккаунте другие портфели. При этом подписка на другие сервисы (например, M+Trends и M+Storage) для дочернего аккаунта приобретается отдельно. Дочерний аккаунт не может создавать новые дочерние аккаунты. У дочернего аккаунта отдельная база релизов, свои файлы (в том числе те, что хранятся в архиве) и своя очередь загрузок/сабмита. Он не связан с родительским ничем, кроме подписки и возможности родительского аккаунта в любой момент зайти и внести изменения.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Если дочерний аккаунт уже имеет тариф, его сабмиты не будут использоваться и сгорят в конце месяца.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, не забудьте запланировать переход на бесплатный тариф, если вы планируете сделать ваш аккаунт дочерним, иначе оплата будет продолжать взиматься с вашего баланса.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? == &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%97%D0%B0%D0%B3%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B2%D0%BD%D0%B0%D1%8F_%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B8%D1%86%D0%B0/en&amp;diff=3099</id>
		<title>Заглавная страница/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%97%D0%B0%D0%B3%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B2%D0%BD%D0%B0%D1%8F_%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B8%D1%86%D0%B0/en&amp;diff=3099"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:43:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''User manuals'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Использование_функций_Microstock%2B_в_StockSubmitter/en|Using the Microstock+ functions in StockSubmitter]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Подключение_стоков_в_MicroStock%2B/en|Activating the agencies in Microstock+]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов/en| How to prepare, upload and submit files in M+?]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Управление файлами | File management]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Статусы_в_MicroStock%2B/en| Content statuses in Microstock+]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа_с_MicroStock%2B_Sync/en| Working with Microstock+ Sync]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Управление_тарифами_и_пакетами_подписок/en| Payment plans and subscription packages management]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Как_мне_обратиться_в_службу_поддержки%3F/en| How to contact the tech support?]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа_с_MicroStock%2BTrends/en| Working with Microstock+ Trends]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа с MicroStock+Analytics/en|Working with Microstock+ Analytics]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | Collaborative Work in MicroStock+ via Folder Access Sharing]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Дочерние_аккаунты_MicroStock%2B/en | Child accounts]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ключевание с помощью ИИ/en|AI keywording]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Использование_приложения_для_iStock_ESP/en | Using an app for iStock ESP]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''FAQ'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Решение_наиболее_распространённых_проблем/en| How to solve the most common problems]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%97%D0%B0%D0%B3%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B2%D0%BD%D0%B0%D1%8F_%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B8%D1%86%D0%B0/1/en&amp;diff=3098</id>
		<title>Translations:Заглавная страница/1/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%97%D0%B0%D0%B3%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B2%D0%BD%D0%B0%D1%8F_%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D0%B8%D1%86%D0%B0/1/en&amp;diff=3098"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:43:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''User manuals'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[Использование_функций_Microstock%2B_в_StockSubmitter/en|Using the Microstock+ functions in StockSubmitter]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Подключение_стоков_в_MicroStock%2B/en|Activating the agencies in Microstock+]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Подготовка, загрузка и сабмит файлов/en| How to prepare, upload and submit files in M+?]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Управление файлами | File management]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Статусы_в_MicroStock%2B/en| Content statuses in Microstock+]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа_с_MicroStock%2B_Sync/en| Working with Microstock+ Sync]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Управление_тарифами_и_пакетами_подписок/en| Payment plans and subscription packages management]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Как_мне_обратиться_в_службу_поддержки%3F/en| How to contact the tech support?]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа_с_MicroStock%2BTrends/en| Working with Microstock+ Trends]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Работа с MicroStock+Analytics/en|Working with Microstock+ Analytics]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | Collaborative Work in MicroStock+ via Folder Access Sharing]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Дочерние_аккаунты_MicroStock%2B/en | Child accounts]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ключевание с помощью ИИ/en|AI keywording]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Использование_приложения_для_iStock_ESP/en | Using an app for iStock ESP]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3097</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3097"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:38:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «To switch to a child account, simply click on its email address in the column (it is blurred in the example). To return to the parent account, go to your dashboar...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A child account can be changed once per [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | current paid notional month]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There, you can edit the account settings using the notebook and pencil icon — for example, assign a nickname to the user to make it easier to find the right person in the list. Using the trash can icon, you can delete the child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account will not be able to submit!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To switch to a child account, simply click on its email address in the column (it is blurred in the example). To return to the parent account, go to your dashboard and click the link in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I no longer want to be a child account. How do I disconnect from the parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings. Click the &amp;quot;Decline&amp;quot; button in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you will find solutions to the most common issues encountered when working with M+ child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How do I add companion services (M+Trends or M+Storage) to my child account? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the child account uses the parent's plan, subscriptions to all companion services must be purchased separately. Go to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Store]] using the child account's login and password, and purchase a subscription to the services you currently need. If the child account belongs to another person, they can purchase the service subscription themselves, just as they could before becoming a child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have a child account, and files have suddenly stopped submitting. What happened? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, one of two things has occurred:&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account's subscription has expired.&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account switched to a plan that does not support the required number of child accounts and forgot to disable you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues will not resolve themselves — you'll have to to contact [[Special:MyLanguage/Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|technical support]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have received an offer to become a child account from an unknown person. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, someone made a mistake with the email address. Click &amp;quot;No&amp;quot; in the dialog box. Without your consent, no one can ever interfere with your account!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I sent an offer to become a child account to another person, but I still cannot log into the child account. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible that the other person has not yet accepted your offer. If you are absolutely certain they have accepted the offer but you still cannot access the child account, contact technical support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/9/en&amp;diff=3096</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/9/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/9/en&amp;diff=3096"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:38:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «To switch to a child account, simply click on its email address in the column (it is blurred in the example). To return to the parent account, go to your dashboar...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To switch to a child account, simply click on its email address in the column (it is blurred in the example). To return to the parent account, go to your dashboard and click the link in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I no longer want to be a child account. How do I disconnect from the parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings. Click the &amp;quot;Decline&amp;quot; button in the &amp;quot;Account Information&amp;quot; block.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Frequently Asked Questions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you will find solutions to the most common issues encountered when working with M+ child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How do I add companion services (M+Trends or M+Storage) to my child account? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the child account uses the parent's plan, subscriptions to all companion services must be purchased separately. Go to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Store]] using the child account's login and password, and purchase a subscription to the services you currently need. If the child account belongs to another person, they can purchase the service subscription themselves, just as they could before becoming a child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have a child account, and files have suddenly stopped submitting. What happened? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, one of two things has occurred:&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account's subscription has expired.&lt;br /&gt;
# The parent account switched to a plan that does not support the required number of child accounts and forgot to disable you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues will not resolve themselves — you'll have to to contact [[Special:MyLanguage/Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|technical support]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I have received an offer to become a child account from an unknown person. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, someone made a mistake with the email address. Click &amp;quot;No&amp;quot; in the dialog box. Without your consent, no one can ever interfere with your account!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I sent an offer to become a child account to another person, but I still cannot log into the child account. What should I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible that the other person has not yet accepted your offer. If you are absolutely certain they have accepted the offer but you still cannot access the child account, contact technical support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account3_eng.png&amp;diff=3095</id>
		<title>Файл:Child account3 eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account3_eng.png&amp;diff=3095"/>
		<updated>2026-05-06T14:31:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3094</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3094"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:37:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account w...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A child account can be changed once per [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | current paid notional month]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There, you can edit the account settings using the notebook and pencil icon — for example, assign a nickname to the user to make it easier to find the right person in the list. Using the trash can icon, you can delete the child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account will not be able to submit!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/8/en&amp;diff=3093</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/8/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/8/en&amp;diff=3093"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:37:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account w...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please partially or fully disable child accounts if you are switching to a plan that allows a smaller number of child accounts; otherwise, your child account will not be able to submit!'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3092</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3092"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:35:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «A child account can be changed once per Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое меся...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A child account can be changed once per [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | current paid notional month]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There, you can edit the account settings using the notebook and pencil icon — for example, assign a nickname to the user to make it easier to find the right person in the list. Using the trash can icon, you can delete the child account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/7/en&amp;diff=3091</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/7/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/7/en&amp;diff=3091"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:35:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «A child account can be changed once per Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое меся...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A child account can be changed once per [[Special:MyLanguage/Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | current paid notional month]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2 eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There, you can edit the account settings using the notebook and pencil icon — for example, assign a nickname to the user to make it easier to find the right person in the list. Using the trash can icon, you can delete the child account.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account2_eng.png&amp;diff=3090</id>
		<title>Файл:Child account2 eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account2_eng.png&amp;diff=3090"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:33:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3089</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3089"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:28:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await con...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/6/en&amp;diff=3088</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/6/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/6/en&amp;diff=3088"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:28:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await con...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To assign an existing account as a child account, input or copy its address into the designated text field and click the button marked with a plus sign. Await confirmation from the user whom you have assigned as a child account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the account connects successfully, it and your own account will be displayed below in the column.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3087</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3087"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:26:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «== How to assign an account as a child account? == First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/5/en&amp;diff=3086</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/5/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/5/en&amp;diff=3086"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:26:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «== How to assign an account as a child account? == First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== How to assign an account as a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, verify whether your plan permits the connection of child accounts. Users on the Free, Lite, Starter, and Professional plans cannot have child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the Unlimited plan or higher, go to your dashboard and scroll down past the Common Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Файл:Child account eng.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Generate a new account&amp;quot; button creates a new child account with the same password as your main account. If you registered via social media, the password for the new account will be &amp;quot;123&amp;quot;, so we strongly recommend changing it to a more secure one as soon as possible.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account_eng.png&amp;diff=3085</id>
		<title>Файл:Child account eng.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A4%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB:Child_account_eng.png&amp;diff=3085"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:26:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3084</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3084"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:19:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be dedu...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?==&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/4/en&amp;diff=3083</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/4/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/4/en&amp;diff=3083"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:19:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be dedu...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Please do not forget to schedule a transition to the free plan if you intend to make your account a child account; otherwise, payments will continue to be deducted from your balance.'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3082</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3082"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:18:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, не забудьте запланировать переход на бесплатный тариф, если вы планируете сделать ваш аккаунт дочерним, иначе оплата будет продолжать взиматься с вашего баланса.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?==&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/3/en&amp;diff=3081</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/3/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/3/en&amp;diff=3081"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:18:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If a child account already has its own plan, its submissions will not be used and will expire at the end of the month.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3080</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3080"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:18:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «== What is a child account? == A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with ano...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Если дочерний аккаунт уже имеет тариф, его сабмиты не будут использоваться и сгорят в конце месяца.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, не забудьте запланировать переход на бесплатный тариф, если вы планируете сделать ваш аккаунт дочерним, иначе оплата будет продолжать взиматься с вашего баланса.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?==&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/2/en&amp;diff=3079</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/2/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/2/en&amp;diff=3079"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:18:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «== What is a child account? == A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with ano...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== What is a child account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
A child account uses the StockSubmitter/M+ subscription of the parent account, meaning you can share unlimited submissions with another person (for example, a partner or relative) or store a different portfolio on the child account. However, subscriptions to other services (such as M+Trends and M+Storage) must be purchased separately for the child account. A child account cannot create new child accounts. The child account has its own release database, its own files (including those stored in the archive), and its own upload/submission queue. It is not connected to the parent account in any way except for the subscription and the parent account's ability to log in and make changes at any time.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/1/en&amp;diff=3077</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/1/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/1/en&amp;diff=3077"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:15:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with t...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3078</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3078"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:15:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with t...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts allow you to grant access to your subscription to specific users or generate one or more accounts for managing multiple portfolios. Starting with the Unlimited plan, you can connect up to 20 child accounts to a single M+ account (depending on the plan). You can switch from the parent account to a child account and back at any time. This article will explain how to create, configure, and delete child accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a parent account? ==&lt;br /&gt;
The parent account is your main account. If your plan allows it, the parent account can assign any other account as a child or generate a new account to serve as a child. The owner of the parent account can always access the child account without entering a password. The parent account shares its StockSubmitter/M+ subscription with the child account, but all other subscriptions (e.g., M+Trends and M+Storage) do not extend to the child account. The release database and files of the parent account are independent from those of the child account. If you only need to grant file access to an employee and do not wish to share your subscription, use [[Special:MyLanguage/Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | folder access sharing]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Что такое дочерний аккаунт? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт использует подписку StockSubmitter/M+ родительского аккаунта, то есть вы можете поделиться безлимитными сабмитами с другим человеком (например, супругом или родственником) или хранить на дочернем аккаунте другие портфели. При этом подписка на другие сервисы (например, M+Trends и M+Storage) для дочернего аккаунта приобретается отдельно. Дочерний аккаунт не может создавать новые дочерние аккаунты. У дочернего аккаунта отдельная база релизов, свои файлы (в том числе те, что хранятся в архиве) и своя очередь загрузок/сабмита. Он не связан с родительским ничем, кроме подписки и возможности родительского аккаунта в любой момент зайти и внести изменения.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Если дочерний аккаунт уже имеет тариф, его сабмиты не будут использоваться и сгорят в конце месяца.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, не забудьте запланировать переход на бесплатный тариф, если вы планируете сделать ваш аккаунт дочерним, иначе оплата будет продолжать взиматься с вашего баланса.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?==&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3076</id>
		<title>Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/en&amp;diff=3076"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:07:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «Child accounts in MicroStock+»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерние аккаунты позволяют предоставить доступ к вашей подписке определённым пользователям или сгенерировать аккаунт/аккаунты для организации нескольких портфелей. Начиная с тарифа Unlimited вы можете подключить к одному аккаунту М+ до 20 дочерних (в зависимости от тарифа). Вы в любой момент можете войти из родительского аккаунта на дочерний и вернуться обратно. О том как создавать, настраивать и удалять дочерние аккаунты мы расскажем в этой статье.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Что такое родительский аккаунт? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Родительский аккаунт — ваш основной аккаунт. Если тариф позволяет, он может назначить дочерним любой другой или сгенерировать новый аккаунт в качестве дочернего. Владелец родительского аккаунта всегда может зайти в дочерний без ввода пароля. Он делит с дочерним аккаунтом подписку StockSubmitter/M+, но все другие подписки (например, M+Trends и M+Storage) на дочерний аккаунт не распространяются. База релизов и файлы у родительского аккаунта независимы от дочернего. Если вам требуется только предоставить доступ к файлам наёмному работнику, и вы не желаете делиться подпиской, сделайте это с помощью [[Совместная работа в MicroStock+ через предоставление доступа к папкам | предоставления ограниченного доступа к папкам]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Что такое дочерний аккаунт? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт использует подписку StockSubmitter/M+ родительского аккаунта, то есть вы можете поделиться безлимитными сабмитами с другим человеком (например, супругом или родственником) или хранить на дочернем аккаунте другие портфели. При этом подписка на другие сервисы (например, M+Trends и M+Storage) для дочернего аккаунта приобретается отдельно. Дочерний аккаунт не может создавать новые дочерние аккаунты. У дочернего аккаунта отдельная база релизов, свои файлы (в том числе те, что хранятся в архиве) и своя очередь загрузок/сабмита. Он не связан с родительским ничем, кроме подписки и возможности родительского аккаунта в любой момент зайти и внести изменения.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Если дочерний аккаунт уже имеет тариф, его сабмиты не будут использоваться и сгорят в конце месяца.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, не забудьте запланировать переход на бесплатный тариф, если вы планируете сделать ваш аккаунт дочерним, иначе оплата будет продолжать взиматься с вашего баланса.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Как назначить аккаунт дочерним?==&lt;br /&gt;
Сперва проверьте, есть ли у вас возможность подключать дочерние аккаунты. Пользователи тарифов Free, Lite, Starter и Professional не могут иметь дочерних аккаунтов.&lt;br /&gt;
Если вы используете тариф Unlimited и выше, зайдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account1.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Кнопка «Сгенерировать новый» генерирует новый дочерний аккаунт с таким же паролем, как и ваш основной. Если вы зарегистрированы через соцсети, пароль нового аккаунта будет 123, поэтому мы настоятельно рекомендуем изменить его на более надёжный как можно быстрее.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы назначить дочерним существующий аккаунт, введите или скопируйте его адрес в текстовое поле и нажмите кнопку с плюсом. Ожидайте подтверждения от пользователя, которого вы назначили дочерним.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
При удачном подсоединении аккаунта он и ваш собственный будут отображены ниже в столбце.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Дочерний аккаунт можно менять один раз за [[ Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок#Что такое месяц в рамках подписки? | текущий оплаченный условный месяц]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account2.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Там же вы можете изменить настройки аккаунта с помощью иконки с блокнотом и карандашом, например, задать пользователю никнейм, чтобы было проще отыскать нужного человека в списке. С помощью иконки мусорного ведра вы можете удалить дочерний аккаунт.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Пожалуйста, частично или полностью отключайте дочерние аккаунты, если переходите на тариф с меньшим допустимым количеством дочерних аккаунтов, иначе ваш дочерний аккаунт не сможет сабмитить!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;ru&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Чтобы перейти в дочерний аккаунт вам достаточно кликнуть на его E-mail в столбце (на примере он размыт). Чтобы вернуться обратно в родительский аккаунт, зайдите в личный кабинет и нажмите на ссылку в блоке «Информация об Аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Я больше не хочу быть дочерним аккаунтом. Как мне отключиться от родительского? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Перейдите в личный кабинет и проскролльте страницу ниже Общих настроек. Нажмите на кнопку Отказаться в блоке «Информация об аккаунте».&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Child account3.png|left|700px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Часто задаваемые вопросы==&lt;br /&gt;
Здесь вы найдёте решение самых частых проблем, возникающих при работе с дочерними аккаунтами М+.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Как мне подключить дополнительные сервисы (M+Trends или M+Storage) к моему дочернему аккаунту?===&lt;br /&gt;
Хотя дочерний аккаунт использует тариф родительского, подписка на все дополнительные сервисы приобретается отдельно. Зайдите в [[Управление тарифами и пакетами подписок|Магазин]] с помощью логина и пароля от дочернего аккаунта и приобретите подписку на сервисы, которые вам сейчас нужны в работе. Если дочерний аккаунт принадлежит другому человеку, то подписку на сервисы он может оформить самостоятельно так же, как и до становления дочерним.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===У меня дочерний аккаунт, и файлы внезапно перестали сабмититься. Что случилось?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего произошла одна из двух вещей:&lt;br /&gt;
# У родительского аккаунта закончилась подписка.&lt;br /&gt;
# Родительский аккаунт сменил тариф на тот, который не поддерживает необходимое количество дочерних аккаунтов и забыл отключить вас.&lt;br /&gt;
Эти проблемы не решатся сами по себе — вам потребуется обратиться в [[Как мне обратиться в службу поддержки?|службу техподдержки]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Мне пришло предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом от неизвестного человека. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Скорей всего кто-то ошибся адресом. Нажмите «Нет» в диалоговом окне. Без вашего согласия никто и никогда не вмешается в работу вашего аккаунта!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Я отправил предложение стать дочерним аккаунтом другому человеку, но до сих пор не могу войти в дочерний аккаунт. Что делать?===&lt;br /&gt;
Возможно, другой человек ещё не принял ваше предложение. Если вы абсолютно уверены, что он принял предложение, но вы не можете зайти в дочерний аккаунт, свяжитесь со службой поддержки.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/Page_display_title/en&amp;diff=3075</id>
		<title>Translations:Дочерние аккаунты MicroStock+/Page display title/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%94%D0%BE%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%B0%D0%BA%D0%BA%D0%B0%D1%83%D0%BD%D1%82%D1%8B_MicroStock%2B/Page_display_title/en&amp;diff=3075"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:07:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «Child accounts in MicroStock+»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Child accounts in MicroStock+&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3074</id>
		<title>Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3074"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:07:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is being continuously updated. It's dedicated to solutions for the most common problems with a file submitting process and agencies management. Use navigation and Ctrl/Cmd+f to find the exact case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Please apply as contributor first error==&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your stock platform account has not yet been converted to seller mode and remains a buyer account. For most stock platforms, it is sufficient to complete the required forms and pass an examination. If you are unsure which condition has not yet been met, try uploading a single file manually (or via FTP if the platform allows it). In doing so, you should receive feedback from the stock platform. If you have passed all verifications and examinations on the stock platform, if your account is already a seller account, and if manual file upload works correctly, but the error persists in M+, try deactivating the stock platform in the Stock Management section and re‑entering your credentials. On Dreamstime, it is necessary to manually submit one file and wait for its approval before your account is switched to seller mode and can be connected to M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No tax form submitted yet error==&lt;br /&gt;
This error means that the agency asks you to fill out a tax form.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that tax form verification takes a while (up to few weeks, depending on the agency). As soon as your tax form is verified please deactivate the agency in the M+ interface and fill out the login credentials again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Verifying&amp;quot; status persists for an extended period===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue most frequently occurs when a stock platform has requested a verification code, M+ has forwarded this request to the user, but the user has failed to enter the code within the required time window (typically 20 to 60 minutes). In such cases, M+ initiates a waiting period of 9 to 10 hours before making another attempt, in order to avoid arousing suspicion from the stock agency. This cycle will repeat until the user provides the required code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve the issue, deactivate the stock platform for at least 10 hours. After this period, reactivate it at a convenient time, wait for the code request, and complete the verification process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, verification may take up to 2 to 3 days due to strict anti‑bot protection implemented by the microstock agency or as a result of unsuccessful captcha resolution attempts. If the agency still does not connect after this period, and you are certain that the stock platform has not requested a code (or that the code has already been successfully provided), please, contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Couldn't sign you in. This browser or app may not be secure error ===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs in StockSubmitter and M+ when a captcha is requested by the microstock agency. To resolve the issue, log in using the username and password for your microstock account rather than signing in via Google or other social networks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have always used social media login and do not remember your password, request a password reset through the password recovery form on the microstock agency's website. When doing so, enter the email address associated with your Google account (or the social network you use for login). Follow the instructions provided in the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After resetting your password, update your credentials in StockSubmitter or M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when connecting stock platforms or uploading files to a stock platform, appearing under the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Ошибка загрузки»|Upload Error]] status. The most common cause of this error is an incorrectly entered username or password. Therefore, users should first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Check letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to log in manually to the microstock agency using the same username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are certain that your username and password are correct (i.e., you have successfully logged into your account on the stock platform manually), try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Change your password on the stock platform, using only Latin letters and numbers. If the stock platform requires the use of special characters, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not make your password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* After changing the password, set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload the file again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload====&lt;br /&gt;
The FTP password may expire. To obtain a new password, visit the microstock agency's website and generate a new FTP token, checking '''ONLY''' the top two checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter this token in M+ within the &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; section, in the &amp;quot;FTP Password&amp;quot; field corresponding to the stock platform that is producing the error. After updating the password, set the affected files to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status]] and upload them again.&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance, refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+#Работа с FTP|FTP specifications]] for different stock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact the microstock agency's support but do not mention StockSubmitter or M+ in your communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong FTP login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
If the FTP password has been entered incorrectly, first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the password length; try not to make the password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
*For special characters, if the password requires them, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to connect to the Microstock agency using the same username and password through a third‑party FTP client (for example, FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, check the section on [[#A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload|sudden FTP errors]]. Then set your file to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and repeat the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Special characters in description/special characters in title error===&lt;br /&gt;
This error indicates that the description or title contains unsupported special characters. To resolve the issue, check whether any individual letters have been written in any non-Latin script (for example, the Cyrillic letters а, е, с, о, в). Additionally, remove any apostrophes; for instance, write &amp;quot;womans hair&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;woman's hair.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?==&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive.png|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My photographs are being misclassified as illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
If your works are being identified as illustrations despite being photographs, check the option in your dashboard &amp;quot;Consider all raster images to be illustrations.&amp;quot; This option must be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AdobeStock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to resolve the issue with the AdobeStock code===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Adobestock pic eng.png|thumb|Code entry request]]&lt;br /&gt;
The microstock agency AdobeStock has complicated its user authorization procedure. Whenever, in the opinion of its security system, you are located in an unusual location, the agency sends an SMS with an access code to the phone number linked to the account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The StockSubmitter and M+ servers are located in Europe; under normal circumstances, the code entry procedure should be one‑time or at least infrequent. Recently, however, due to AdobeStock's paranoid attitude, some users get stuck in endless code loops, while others wait forever for a code that arrives already expired.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are reading this article, you have likely already attempted some of the possible solutions. Nevertheless, we will outline all known methods for resolving the issue. The code must be entered quickly, within a few minutes; otherwise, it may become invalid, and you will need to wait for a new one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the code window doesn't show up. If you got the code but see no window, just refresh your browser tab (with M+ open). The window should appear.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If the code does NOT arrive===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another)''':&lt;br /&gt;
# Check your email inbox, including the spam folder – the code sometimes arrives there.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the last four digits of the phone number linked to your agency account, then attempt again to wait for and enter the code from the SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your profile on the microstock agency's page and activate the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe acess.png|x90px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If endless code requests arrive and the agency cannot connect===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another):'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Do not manually log into the microstock agency website if M+ is already connected to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the entered password is correct, or change the password on the AdobeStock website.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change your AdobeStock password, using only Latin letters in the new password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact support services or our support chat on [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta Telegram].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bigstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Login failed due to administrative reason===&lt;br /&gt;
Bigstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Bigstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Bigstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you have ALREADY used the link from the email and reset your password, deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot;, then change your password to a new one;&lt;br /&gt;
# You will again receive the error &amp;quot;Login failed due to administrative reason&amp;quot;, and the microstock agency will send a new password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link;&lt;br /&gt;
# Deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; again and wait about 15 minutes for the cache to clear;&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the email and password fields (you may keep your existing password) in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the password reset link sent to you by Bigstock and paste it into the corresponding field in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
#Activate the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive this message again, repeat the steps above after one hour. Proper authorization may take up to 30 minutes, so don't worry if the microstock agency status remains &amp;quot;verifying data&amp;quot; for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Istock==&lt;br /&gt;
===The stock won't connect, even though all my credentials are correct!===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create a batch on the microstock agency's site, and then in M+ with an identical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to save keyword terms using StockSubmitter?===&lt;br /&gt;
'''This action works ONLY for StockSubmitter!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to edit a file already processed in StockSubmitter (for example, adjust contrast using Lightroom), follow these steps before opening it in an editor:&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable autosave in StockSubmitter. The autosave setting can be found in the top menu: Settings &amp;gt; Settings &amp;gt; Features;&lt;br /&gt;
# Make any small change to the metadata using StockSubmitter, but do not save it!&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the file using a graphic editor and save your changes;&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to StockSubmitter and save the metadata;&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to turn autosave back on if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shutterstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shutterstock is sending me a link to reset my password===&lt;br /&gt;
Shutterstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Shutterstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Shutterstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
# When Shutterstock considers your activity suspicious, it will send a password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link!&lt;br /&gt;
# An input window for the link will appear in the M+ interface;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the link from the email in your inbox and paste it into the window (Shutterstock will send two emails — you need the most recent one, where the link is long and ends with a combination of numbers and letters);&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the confirmation button.&lt;br /&gt;
# M+ will perform the password reset by adding an underscore character to the end of your current password, then log into the account and change the password back to the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the process is complete, you will have the same password as before, and M+ will be authorized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We would also like to ask you to complain about the situation on the [https://forums.submit.shutterstock.com/topic/100082-password-reset-required-multiple-times-today/ Shutterstock forum]. But better not mention StockSubmitter/M+ as it would give them an easy excuse: “just upload manually”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===It doesn’t work===&lt;br /&gt;
====Shutterstock has sent me a link but M+ doesn’t ask for it. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, the request has timed out and M+ has considered the attempt unsuccessful. It will wait for a several hours and then try again. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ site for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I don’t receive any links by e-mail.====&lt;br /&gt;
Please check the Spam folder in your e-mail inbox. If there’s no link either - please contact the Shutterstock support and tell them that the website requires you to reset your password then you log in but the link doesn’t arrive. It would be better to not mention M+/StockSubmitter so that they cannot just tell you to log in manually instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’m using both Microstock+ and StockSubmitter. What should I do in this case?====&lt;br /&gt;
If you’ve enabled the “Solve captcha on server” option (settings, Features tab) it will use M+ to authenticate so you can follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s disabled - we would recommend to close StockSubmitter and don’t open it until you complete the process in M+. Alternatively, you can enable the option and follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’ve pasted the link into M+ and it’s stuck on “verifying” status now. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
If it won’t get completed within 30 minutes - M+ will try again in a several hours. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ website for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===your account at this agency is temporarily or permanently locked===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when attempting to upload files to the microstock agency site, even though the account is actually accessible and not blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this, deactivate the stock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; and log out of your account on the microstock agency site. After two days, connect it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
==Subscription problem on VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
You have run out of available submissions at the moment of uploading to Vectorstock. On this microstock agency, a submission is performed directly during upload, so uploading is also impossible without available submissions. To resolve the issue, top up your balance and upload again (set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload once more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
==M+ don't upload my photos on Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, we only support uploading video files to this microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===123rf===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the security system may request login confirmation. In such cases, you will receive an email at your registered email address containing a verification link and a notification that the login was attempted from a new or unfamiliar device/location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided&lt;br /&gt;
* Return to M+ interface and wait for the form to appear. The form will request you to complete the action described above&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; button in that form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I haven't found the solution for my problem==&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not create separate articles on this wiki or in our FAQ. It is not recommended to describe problems in discussions or add them to this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try reading other articles (for example, if you have an issue with statuses, read the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | article about statuses in M+]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still cannot find a solution there, the most reasonable course of action is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using M+, use the tech support chat (bottom right corner of the site)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using StockSubmitter, use the tech support chat (top left corner of the program)&lt;br /&gt;
* Join our Telegram chat and describe your situation. We have separate channels for [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta MicroStock+] and [https://t.me/StockSubmitter StockSubmitter]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/29/en&amp;diff=3073</id>
		<title>Translations:Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/29/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/29/en&amp;diff=3073"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:07:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==I haven't found the solution for my problem==&lt;br /&gt;
Please do not create separate articles on this wiki or in our FAQ. It is not recommended to describe problems in discussions or add them to this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try reading other articles (for example, if you have an issue with statuses, read the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+ | article about statuses in M+]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still cannot find a solution there, the most reasonable course of action is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using M+, use the tech support chat (bottom right corner of the site)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using StockSubmitter, use the tech support chat (top left corner of the program)&lt;br /&gt;
* Join our Telegram chat and describe your situation. We have separate channels for [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta MicroStock+] and [https://t.me/StockSubmitter StockSubmitter]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3072</id>
		<title>Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/en&amp;diff=3072"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:04:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «In this case, follow these steps: * Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided * Return to M+ interface and wait for the form...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is being continuously updated. It's dedicated to solutions for the most common problems with a file submitting process and agencies management. Use navigation and Ctrl/Cmd+f to find the exact case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Please apply as contributor first error==&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your stock platform account has not yet been converted to seller mode and remains a buyer account. For most stock platforms, it is sufficient to complete the required forms and pass an examination. If you are unsure which condition has not yet been met, try uploading a single file manually (or via FTP if the platform allows it). In doing so, you should receive feedback from the stock platform. If you have passed all verifications and examinations on the stock platform, if your account is already a seller account, and if manual file upload works correctly, but the error persists in M+, try deactivating the stock platform in the Stock Management section and re‑entering your credentials. On Dreamstime, it is necessary to manually submit one file and wait for its approval before your account is switched to seller mode and can be connected to M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No tax form submitted yet error==&lt;br /&gt;
This error means that the agency asks you to fill out a tax form.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that tax form verification takes a while (up to few weeks, depending on the agency). As soon as your tax form is verified please deactivate the agency in the M+ interface and fill out the login credentials again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;Verifying&amp;quot; status persists for an extended period===&lt;br /&gt;
This issue most frequently occurs when a stock platform has requested a verification code, M+ has forwarded this request to the user, but the user has failed to enter the code within the required time window (typically 20 to 60 minutes). In such cases, M+ initiates a waiting period of 9 to 10 hours before making another attempt, in order to avoid arousing suspicion from the stock agency. This cycle will repeat until the user provides the required code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve the issue, deactivate the stock platform for at least 10 hours. After this period, reactivate it at a convenient time, wait for the code request, and complete the verification process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, verification may take up to 2 to 3 days due to strict anti‑bot protection implemented by the microstock agency or as a result of unsuccessful captcha resolution attempts. If the agency still does not connect after this period, and you are certain that the stock platform has not requested a code (or that the code has already been successfully provided), please, contact technical support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Error ===&lt;br /&gt;
If this error persists for more than an hour and you're able to upload/submit files directly on the microstock agency's website without issues, please contact our technical support team for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Couldn't sign you in. This browser or app may not be secure error ===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs in StockSubmitter and M+ when a captcha is requested by the microstock agency. To resolve the issue, log in using the username and password for your microstock account rather than signing in via Google or other social networks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have always used social media login and do not remember your password, request a password reset through the password recovery form on the microstock agency's website. When doing so, enter the email address associated with your Google account (or the social network you use for login). Follow the instructions provided in the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After resetting your password, update your credentials in StockSubmitter or M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when connecting stock platforms or uploading files to a stock platform, appearing under the [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Ошибка загрузки»|Upload Error]] status. The most common cause of this error is an incorrectly entered username or password. Therefore, users should first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Check letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to log in manually to the microstock agency using the same username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are certain that your username and password are correct (i.e., you have successfully logged into your account on the stock platform manually), try the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Change your password on the stock platform, using only Latin letters and numbers. If the stock platform requires the use of special characters, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not make your password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* After changing the password, set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload the file again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload====&lt;br /&gt;
The FTP password may expire. To obtain a new password, visit the microstock agency's website and generate a new FTP token, checking '''ONLY''' the top two checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter this token in M+ within the &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; section, in the &amp;quot;FTP Password&amp;quot; field corresponding to the stock platform that is producing the error. After updating the password, set the affected files to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot; status]] and upload them again.&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance, refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+#Работа с FTP|FTP specifications]] for different stock platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact the microstock agency's support but do not mention StockSubmitter or M+ in your communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wrong FTP login/password===&lt;br /&gt;
If the FTP password has been entered incorrectly, first verify the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
*Letter case and ensure that CapsLock is not enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*Remove any extra spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
*Verify the keyboard layout and watch for accidentally typed characters from a different layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the password length; try not to make the password longer than 12 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
*For special characters, if the password requires them, prefer the underscore (_) or exclamation mark (!).&lt;br /&gt;
*Test whether it is possible to connect to the Microstock agency using the same username and password through a third‑party FTP client (for example, FileZilla).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, check the section on [[#A microstock agency suddenly suddenly begins producing this error and you are using FTP for upload|sudden FTP errors]]. Then set your file to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and repeat the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Special characters in description/special characters in title error===&lt;br /&gt;
This error indicates that the description or title contains unsupported special characters. To resolve the issue, check whether any individual letters have been written in any non-Latin script (for example, the Cyrillic letters а, е, с, о, в). Additionally, remove any apostrophes; for instance, write &amp;quot;womans hair&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;woman's hair.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why M+ moves files to archive instead removing it?==&lt;br /&gt;
Moving a file to the archive is equivalent to deletion. The system stores only the file thumbnail along with its metadata, and these do not consume your disk space. At a later time, you may copy the file's metadata from the archive for use in subsequent works, or continue submitting the file to stock platforms (provided that the file has already been uploaded). In global search results, archived files are marked with a ribbon‑style badge on the left side. Broken files are displayed as shown in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Archive.png|left|400px]]&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My photographs are being misclassified as illustrations===&lt;br /&gt;
If your works are being identified as illustrations despite being photographs, check the option in your dashboard &amp;quot;Consider all raster images to be illustrations.&amp;quot; This option must be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==AdobeStock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to resolve the issue with the AdobeStock code===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Adobestock pic eng.png|thumb|Code entry request]]&lt;br /&gt;
The microstock agency AdobeStock has complicated its user authorization procedure. Whenever, in the opinion of its security system, you are located in an unusual location, the agency sends an SMS with an access code to the phone number linked to the account.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The StockSubmitter and M+ servers are located in Europe; under normal circumstances, the code entry procedure should be one‑time or at least infrequent. Recently, however, due to AdobeStock's paranoid attitude, some users get stuck in endless code loops, while others wait forever for a code that arrives already expired.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are reading this article, you have likely already attempted some of the possible solutions. Nevertheless, we will outline all known methods for resolving the issue. The code must be entered quickly, within a few minutes; otherwise, it may become invalid, and you will need to wait for a new one.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the code window doesn't show up. If you got the code but see no window, just refresh your browser tab (with M+ open). The window should appear.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If the code does NOT arrive===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another)''':&lt;br /&gt;
# Check your email inbox, including the spam folder – the code sometimes arrives there.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the last four digits of the phone number linked to your agency account, then attempt again to wait for and enter the code from the SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your profile on the microstock agency's page and activate the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe acess.png|x90px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===If endless code requests arrive and the agency cannot connect===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These methods must be applied sequentially (one after another):'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are working in M+ and the error &amp;quot;User refused to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Timed out waiting for the user to input the code requested by the agency&amp;quot; appears in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Подключение стоков в MicroStock+|microstock agency's status]] within Manage Agencies, deactivate it for one hour, then reactivate it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Do not manually log into the microstock agency website if M+ is already connected to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are working with StockSubmitter, delete the microstock agency's login and password from the program, re‑enter them, and reconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the entered password is correct, or change the password on the AdobeStock website.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change your AdobeStock password, using only Latin letters in the new password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable two-factor authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the Adobe Account Access or Adobe Authenticator application on your smartphone to have it generate codes automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
If none of the above steps resolve the issue, contact support services or our support chat on [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBeta Telegram].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bigstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Login failed due to administrative reason===&lt;br /&gt;
Bigstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Bigstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Bigstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#If you have ALREADY used the link from the email and reset your password, deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot;, then change your password to a new one;&lt;br /&gt;
# You will again receive the error &amp;quot;Login failed due to administrative reason&amp;quot;, and the microstock agency will send a new password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link;&lt;br /&gt;
# Deactivate Bigstock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; again and wait about 15 minutes for the cache to clear;&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the email and password fields (you may keep your existing password) in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the password reset link sent to you by Bigstock and paste it into the corresponding field in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; in the Bigstock section;&lt;br /&gt;
#Activate the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive this message again, repeat the steps above after one hour. Proper authorization may take up to 30 minutes, so don't worry if the microstock agency status remains &amp;quot;verifying data&amp;quot; for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Istock==&lt;br /&gt;
===The stock won't connect, even though all my credentials are correct!===&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create a batch on the microstock agency's site, and then in M+ with an identical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to save keyword terms using StockSubmitter?===&lt;br /&gt;
'''This action works ONLY for StockSubmitter!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to edit a file already processed in StockSubmitter (for example, adjust contrast using Lightroom), follow these steps before opening it in an editor:&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable autosave in StockSubmitter. The autosave setting can be found in the top menu: Settings &amp;gt; Settings &amp;gt; Features;&lt;br /&gt;
# Make any small change to the metadata using StockSubmitter, but do not save it!&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the file using a graphic editor and save your changes;&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to StockSubmitter and save the metadata;&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to turn autosave back on if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shutterstock==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shutterstock is sending me a link to reset my password===&lt;br /&gt;
Shutterstock has introduced a quite arguable security system which is incorrectly assuming that the user’s IP address never changes. If you (or M+) will try to log into your Shutterstock account from an unusual (for you) IP address - the agency server will respond with this error and send you a password reset link by email. You won’t be able to log in with the old password any longer unless you reset your password from the IP address you want to log in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To resolve the issue and connect Shutterstock, follow these steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
# When Shutterstock considers your activity suspicious, it will send a password reset link to your email. DO NOT USE the link!&lt;br /&gt;
# An input window for the link will appear in the M+ interface;&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the link from the email in your inbox and paste it into the window (Shutterstock will send two emails — you need the most recent one, where the link is long and ends with a combination of numbers and letters);&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the confirmation button.&lt;br /&gt;
# M+ will perform the password reset by adding an underscore character to the end of your current password, then log into the account and change the password back to the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the process is complete, you will have the same password as before, and M+ will be authorized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We would also like to ask you to complain about the situation on the [https://forums.submit.shutterstock.com/topic/100082-password-reset-required-multiple-times-today/ Shutterstock forum]. But better not mention StockSubmitter/M+ as it would give them an easy excuse: “just upload manually”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===It doesn’t work===&lt;br /&gt;
====Shutterstock has sent me a link but M+ doesn’t ask for it. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
Most likely, the request has timed out and M+ has considered the attempt unsuccessful. It will wait for a several hours and then try again. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ site for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I don’t receive any links by e-mail.====&lt;br /&gt;
Please check the Spam folder in your e-mail inbox. If there’s no link either - please contact the Shutterstock support and tell them that the website requires you to reset your password then you log in but the link doesn’t arrive. It would be better to not mention M+/StockSubmitter so that they cannot just tell you to log in manually instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’m using both Microstock+ and StockSubmitter. What should I do in this case?====&lt;br /&gt;
If you’ve enabled the “Solve captcha on server” option (settings, Features tab) it will use M+ to authenticate so you can follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s disabled - we would recommend to close StockSubmitter and don’t open it until you complete the process in M+. Alternatively, you can enable the option and follow the instructions for M+.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I’ve pasted the link into M+ and it’s stuck on “verifying” status now. How to proceed?====&lt;br /&gt;
If it won’t get completed within 30 minutes - M+ will try again in a several hours. If you don’t want to keep checking the M+ website for the next request, please deactivate Shutterstock in M+ for 10 hours or more. After that, at a convenient time fill in the credentials again then follow the instructions above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===your account at this agency is temporarily or permanently locked===&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when attempting to upload files to the microstock agency site, even though the account is actually accessible and not blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve this, deactivate the stock in &amp;quot;Manage Agencies&amp;quot; and log out of your account on the microstock agency site. After two days, connect it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
==Subscription problem on VectorStock==&lt;br /&gt;
You have run out of available submissions at the moment of uploading to Vectorstock. On this microstock agency, a submission is performed directly during upload, so uploading is also impossible without available submissions. To resolve the issue, top up your balance and upload again (set the file status to [[Special:MyLanguage/Статусы в MicroStock+#«Готов к загрузке»|&amp;quot;Ready&amp;quot;]] and upload once more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
==M+ don't upload my photos on Dissolve==&lt;br /&gt;
At this time, we only support uploading video files to this microstock agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===123rf===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the security system may request login confirmation. In such cases, you will receive an email at your registered email address containing a verification link and a notification that the login was attempted from a new or unfamiliar device/location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided&lt;br /&gt;
* Return to M+ interface and wait for the form to appear. The form will request you to complete the action described above&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; button in that form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==I haven't found the solution for my problem==&lt;br /&gt;
Please, do not try creating articles on this wiki or suggest it on our second wiki! We do not recommend typing it into discussion section too.&lt;br /&gt;
Try reading other manuals (i.e. if you're having a problem with file statuses, read the article about [[Статусы в MicroStock+ | file statuses in M+]]).&lt;br /&gt;
;If you still can's solve the problem, try the following:&lt;br /&gt;
:*If you're M+ user, contact the tech support via chat (the lower left corner of the page)&lt;br /&gt;
:*If you're StockSubmitter user, contact the tech support via chat (the upper left corner of the interface)&lt;br /&gt;
:*Join our [https://t.me/MicrostockPlusBetaEn Telegram channel] and ask your question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/55/en&amp;diff=3071</id>
		<title>Translations:Решение наиболее распространённых проблем/55/en</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.microstock.plus/index.php?title=Translations:%D0%A0%D0%B5%D1%88%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B8%D0%B1%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%B5_%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BD%D1%91%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%B5%D0%BC/55/en&amp;diff=3071"/>
		<updated>2026-05-05T14:04:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PlagueEater: Новая страница: «In this case, follow these steps: * Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided * Return to M+ interface and wait for the form...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this case, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the mailbox linked to 123.rf, open the email, and click the link provided&lt;br /&gt;
* Return to M+ interface and wait for the form to appear. The form will request you to complete the action described above&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; button in that form.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PlagueEater</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>